SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C., et al. – ‘N-2’ on 4/24/15

On:  Friday, 4/24/15, at 6:47pm ET   ·   Accession #:  922423-15-40   ·   File #s:  811-21778, 333-203634

Previous ‘N-2’:  ‘N-2/A’ on 4/20/12   ·   Next:  ‘N-2/A’ on 7/8/15   ·   Latest:  ‘N-2/A’ on 7/20/15

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 4/24/15  Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fd, LLC N-2                    1:4.4M                                   Kramer Levin Naf… LLP/FA
          Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.

Registration Statement of a Closed-End Investment Company   —   Form N-2
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: N-2         Registration Statement                              HTML   1.00M 


This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]






 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 24, 2015
 


 

Securities Act File No.  333-_____
Investment Company Act File No. 811-21778
 

 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
__________________________
 
 
 
FORM N-2
 
 
(CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OR BOXES)
 
 
                   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933                     X
 
 
[  ]  PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO._
[  ] POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. _
 
 
     
     
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
 
 
                                                                      AMENDMENT NO.  21                                                           X __________________________
 
 
Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in Charter)
__________________________
 
Arden Asset Management LLC
375 Park Avenue
32nd Floor
__________________________
 
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 751-5252

Arden Asset Management LLC
375 Park Avenue
32nd Floor
__________________________
(212) 751-5252
__________________________
 
(Name and address of agent for service)

Copies to:
George M. Silfen, Esq.
Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
Avenue of the Americas

 
 

 

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:
 
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF
 
THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box [X]
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
 
[X] when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c)
 
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
[   ] This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
 
[  ] This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is.
 
 
 CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
TITLE OF SECURITIESBEING REGISTERED
 
AMOUNT BEINGREGISTERED
 
PROPOSEDMAXIMUMAGGREGATEOFFERING AMOUNT
 
AMOUNT OFREGISTRATIONFEE
 
Common Shares of Beneficiary Interests
 $ *  $  $ **
* Previously registered.
** Previously paid.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 
 

 
 
 
 
 

PROSPECTUS
 
 

[Dated __, 2015]
 
Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.
_______________
 
 
Units of Limited Liability Company Interests
_______________
 
 
Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. (the “Fund”) is a Delaware limited liability company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a non-diversified, closed-end, management investment company.  The Fund’s investment objective is to seek long-term capital appreciation while attempting to reduce risk and volatility.  In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund invests substantially all of its assets in Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C., which, in turn, invests its assets primarily in hedge funds, joint ventures, investment companies and other similar investment vehicles that are managed by a select group of portfolio managers that invest in a variety of financial markets and utilize a broad range of alternative investment strategies.
 
The units of limited liability company interests in the Fund (“Units”) are not deposits in, obligations of, or guaranteed by Arden Asset Management LLC, Arden Securities LLC (“Arden Securities”) or any of their affiliates or by any bank and are not government guaranteed or insured.  The investment program of the Fund is speculative and involves substantial risks, including the possible loss of the entire amount of an investment.  See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors.”
 
TOTAL OFFERING
 
 
 Amount(1)  $
 Sales Load(2)  $
 Proceeds to the Fund(3)  $
 
_______________
 
1
Generally, the minimum initial investment in Units by an investor is $50,000 and subsequent investments must be at least $25,000.  These minimums may be reduced for certain investors.
2
Assumes a maximum sales load of 2.5%.  The specific amount of the sales load paid with respect to an investor is generally dependent on the size of the investment in the Fund, but will not exceed 2.5% of an investor’s investment amount.  Subject to that limit, however, the applicable schedule of sales loads may vary among Selling Agents.  See “Purchases of Units—Distribution and Member Services” for a further discussion of the sales load, as well as a discussion of compensation that may be received by Arden Securities and Selling Agents in connection with this offering.
3      These estimated proceeds assume the sale of all Units registered under this offering.

Arden Securities serves as the distributor of the Units and serves in that capacity on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions.  There is no termination date for the offering of Units, as the Fund expects to conduct a continuous offering.  Monies received from prospective investors in advance of dates when Units may be purchased are held in a non-interest bearing escrow account pending the deposit of such monies with the Fund.  (See “Purchases of Units—Purchase Terms” and “Custodian and Escrow Agent.”)  The principal business address of Arden Securities is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.  Arden Securities may retain broker-dealers (the “Selling Agents”) to assist in the distribution of Units.  The sales load payable to a Selling Agent is charged as a percentage of an investor’s investment amount.  The sales load will neither constitute an investment made by the investor in the Fund nor form part of the assets of the Fund.  The Fund pays Arden Securities an ongoing quarterly distribution fee (the “Distribution Fee”) at an annualized rate of 0.85% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter, as compensation for the sale and marketing of Units.  Arden Securities also arranges for the provision of certain investor and account maintenance services pursuant to a Member Services Agreement with the Fund for which the Fund pays a quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.15% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter.  (See “Purchases of Units—Distribution and Member Services.”) Units will be sold only to investors qualifying as “Eligible Investors,” as described in this Prospectus.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any other U.S. federal or state governmental agency or regulatory authority has approved or disapproved the merits of an investment in these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
This Prospectus sets forth concisely information about the Fund that a prospective investor should know before investing.  It includes information required to be included in a prospectus and statement of additional information.  Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference.  A statement of additional information, dated [    __, 2015] (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC.  The table of contents of the SAI is on page 70 of this Prospectus.  While the Fund does not maintain a website, you may request a free copy of this Prospectus, the SAI, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, when available, and other information about the Fund, and make inquiries by calling (866) 773-7145 or by writing to the Fund.  Additional information about the Fund has been filed with the SEC and is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
Arden Asset Management LLC
 
375 Park Avenue
32nd Floor
(212) 751-5252
Arden Securities LLC
 
Three Canal Plaza
Suite 100
(207) 553-7110

 
 

 


 
TO ALL INVESTORS
 
This Prospectus will not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, and no sale of Units will be made, in any jurisdiction in which the offer, solicitation or sale is not authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make the offer, solicitation or sale.  No person has been authorized to make any representations concerning the Fund that are inconsistent with those contained in this Prospectus.  Prospective investors should not rely on any information not contained in this Prospectus.  Prospective investors should not construe the contents of this Prospectus as legal, tax or financial advice.  Each prospective investor should consult his, her or its own professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the Fund for the investor.  This Prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Fund, dated October 1, 2011 (the “Company Agreement”), which appears in Appendix A of this Prospectus.  Prospective investors should read this Prospectus and the Company Agreement carefully before investing and retain them for future reference.  Units are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale.
 
PRIVACY NOTICE
 
This Privacy Notice describes the policies of Arden Asset Management LLC (the “Adviser”) with respect to nonpublic personal information of investors, prospective investors and former investors.  These policies apply to individuals only and are subject to change.
 
The Adviser collects and maintains nonpublic personal information about investors as follows:
 
 Information we receive in subscription agreements, investor questionnaires and other forms which investors complete and submit to us, such as names, addresses, phone numbers, social security numbers, and, in some cases, employment, asset, income and other household information;
   
 Information we receive and maintain relating to an investor’s capital account, such as profit and loss allocations and capital withdrawals and additions;
   
 Information about investments in and other transactions with the Fund and its affiliates; and
   
 Information we receive about an investor from the investor’s purchaser representative, financial advisor, investment consultant or other financial institution with whom the Adviser or the Fund has a relationship and/or whom the investor may have authorized to provide such information to the Adviser or the Fund.
 
The Adviser does not disclose any nonpublic personal information about its investors or former investors to any third parties except as may be required by law.  The Adviser may, however, disclose information about an investor or former investor to a person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity on behalf of such investor or former investor (such as an IRA custodian or Trustee of a grantor trust), as well as to various third-party agents of the Fund as part of the necessary and routine operations of the Fund, including the Fund’s legal counsel, auditors, administrator and bank.
 
On all occasions when it is necessary for us to share this information with these third-party agents, we require that such information only be used for the limited purpose for which it is shared and advise these third-party agents not to further share this information with others except to fulfill that limited purpose.
 
The Adviser takes its responsibility to protect the privacy and confidentiality of investor information very seriously.  We maintain appropriate physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to guard investors’ nonpublic personal information.  We provide investors with a Privacy Notice as part of their subscription materials and annually after that.  If the Adviser changes its privacy policies to permit it or its affiliates to share additional information the Adviser has about investors or to permit disclosures to additional types of parties, the investors will be notified in advance, and, if required by law, the investors will be given the opportunity to opt out of such additional disclosure and to direct us not to share investor information with such parties.
 
ii
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

 
 
 Offering Summary  1
 Summary of Fund Expenses  15
 Financial Highlights  16
 The Fund  18
 Use of Proceeds; Cash Equivalents  18
 Structure  18
 Investment Program  18
 Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors  25
 Additional Risk Factors  33
 Performance History  37
 Investment Policies and Restrictions  37
 Management of the Fund  38
 The Adviser  41
 The Advisory Agreements  44
 Voting  45
 Proxy Voting  45
 Brokerage  45
 Administrator  46
 Custodian and Escrow Agent  46
 Fees and Expenses  47
 Net Asset Valuation  48
 Conflicts of Interest  50
 Code of Ethics  52
 Purchases of Units  52
 Redemptions, Repurchases of Units and Transfers  55
 Dividends and Capital Gains  57
 Tax Aspects  58
 ERISA Considerations  65
 Additional Information and Summary of Limited Liability Company Agreement  67
 Reports to Members  68
 Term, Dissolution and Liquidation  68
 Fiscal Year  68
 Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  68
 Legal Counsel  68
 Inquiries  69
 Table of Contents of SAI  70
 Appendix A – Company Agreement A-i  A-i
 Appendix B – Form of Investor Certification B-i  B-i
 Appendix C – Adviser Performance Information C-i  C-i
 
 
 
iii
 
 

 


 

 
 
OFFERING SUMMARY
 
In making an investment decision, an investor must rely upon his, her or its own examination of Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. and the terms of the offering, including the merits and risks involved in acquiring units of limited liability company interests in Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.  This is only a summary of information to consider before investing and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information that follows elsewhere in this Prospectus.  An investor should review the entire Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, available upon request, before making a decision to purchase units of limited liability company interests in Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.
 
The Fund
Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. (the “Fund”) is a Delaware limited liability company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a non-diversified, closed-end, management investment company.  The Fund was formerly named Robeco-Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.
 
 
Investors who purchase units of limited liability company interests in the Fund (“Units”) in the offering, and other persons who acquire Units and are admitted to the Fund by its board of managers (the “Board of Managers” and each member of the Board of Managers, a “Manager”), or its delegate, will become members of the Fund (“Members”).
 
 
The Fund employs a “fund of funds” investment program that enables eligible investors, through one investment, to participate in the investment programs of a professionally selected group of asset managers without being subject to the high minimum investment requirements that many asset managers typically impose.  The Fund provides the benefits of professional selection of asset managers, professional asset allocation and the opportunity to invest with asset managers whose services may not generally be available to the investing public, whose investment funds may be closed from time to time to new investors or who otherwise may place stringent restrictions on the number and type of persons whose money they will manage.  The Fund is similar to a hedge fund in that, through its investment in Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C. (the “Master Fund”) (formerly named Robeco-Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C.), its assets are actively managed and the Units are sold solely to high net worth individuals and institutional investors, but differs from a typical hedge fund in that it permits investments in relatively modest minimum denominations and it has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act and has registered its Units under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).
 
Investment Objective and Investment Program
The Fund’s investment objective is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while attempting to reduce risk and volatility.  In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund invests substantially all of its assets in the Master Fund, a Delaware limited liability company, which, like the Fund, is registered under the 1940 Act.  The Master Fund, in turn, invests its assets primarily in hedge funds, joint ventures, investment companies and other similar investment vehicles (“Portfolio Funds”) that are managed by a select group of portfolio managers (“Portfolio Managers”) that invest in a variety of financial markets and utilize a broad range of alternative investment strategies.Prior to January 1, 2009, the Fund operated as a stand-alone fund, investing directly in Portfolio Funds.  The Fund now operates through a “master/feeder” structure where investments in Portfolio Funds are made through the Master Fund.  The Master Fund has the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies as those of the Fund.  
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
The Adviser (as defined below) is responsible for selecting Portfolio Managers and determining the portion of the Master Fund’s assets to be allocated to each Portfolio Manager.  Portfolio Managers are generally chosen on the basis of some or all of the following selection criteria established by the Adviser, including an analysis of the Portfolio Manager’s performance during various time periods and market cycles, the Portfolio Manager’s reputation, experience, training and investment philosophy and policies, whether the Portfolio Manager has an identifiable track record and/or the degree to which the Portfolio Manager has a personal investment in the investment program.  Portfolio Managers are generally compensated on terms which will usually include asset-based and performance-based fees or allocations paid by, or charged to, the relevant Portfolio Fund.  (See “Fees and Expenses.”)
 
 
Portfolio Managers may invest in a wide range of instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. and foreign equities and equity-related instruments, currencies, commodities, futures and fixed income and other debt-related instruments, cash and cash equivalents, options and warrants.  The Adviser expects that Portfolio Managers will utilize both over-the-counter and exchange traded instruments (including derivative instruments), trade on margin and engage in short sales.  In addition, Portfolio Managers are permitted to utilize leverage, without limit.
 
 
The Master Fund’s multi-asset, multi-manager structure seeks to take advantage of broad market opportunities.  The Master Fund will not follow a rigid investment policy that would restrict it from participating in any market, strategy or investment.  In fact, subject to certain limitations described herein, the Master Fund’s assets may be deployed in whatever markets or strategies are deemed appropriate under prevailing economic and market conditions to attempt to achieve long-term capital appreciation.  The Adviser seeks to monitor each Portfolio Manager on a regular basis, by reviewing, among other things, information on performance, portfolio exposures and risk characteristics.  The identity and number of Portfolio Managers is likely to change over time.  The Adviser may withdraw from or invest in different Portfolio Funds without prior notice to, or the consent of, the Members.
 
 
As noted above, Portfolio Managers generally conduct their investment programs through Portfolio Funds.  Portfolio Funds in which the Master Fund invests are not expected to be registered under the 1940 Act.
 
 
Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Accounts.  The Master Fund invests its assets primarily in Portfolio Funds.  The Master Fund may on occasion retain one or more Portfolio Managers to manage and invest designated portions of the Master Fund’s assets (either as separately managed accounts or by creating separate investment vehicles in which a Portfolio Manager will serve as general partner or managing member of the vehicle and the Master Fund will be the sole limited partner or member).  Any arrangement in which the Master Fund retains a Portfolio Manager to manage a separate account or separate investment vehicle is referred to as a “Portfolio Account.”  Portfolio Managers for which such an investment vehicle is formed and Portfolio Managers who manage assets directly for the Master Fund on a managed account basis are collectively referred to as “Sub-Managers.”
 
 
The Master Fund will limit its investment position in any one Portfolio Fund to less than 5% of the Portfolio Fund’s outstanding voting securities, absent an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (or assurances from the SEC staff) under which the Master Fund’s contribution and withdrawal of capital from a Portfolio Fund in which it holds 5% or more of the outstanding interests will not be subject to various 1940 Act prohibitions on affiliated transactions.  The Master Fund also is not required to adhere to this 5% investment limitation to the extent that it relies on certain SEC rules that provide exemptions from 1940 Act prohibitions on affiliated transactions.  However, to facilitate investments in Portfolio Funds deemed attractive by the Adviser, the Master Fund may purchase non-voting securities of, or irrevocably waive its right to vote its interests in, Portfolio Funds.  This determination is generally made by the Adviser, in consultation with counsel to the Master Fund.  In this regard, the board of managers of the Master Fund (the “Master Fund Board”) has adopted procedures relating to the Master Fund’s waiver of voting rights, for purposes of assuring adherence to the foregoing limitations.  Although the Master Fund may hold non-voting interests, the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder may nevertheless require the Master Fund to limit its position in any one Portfolio Fund, if investments in a Portfolio Fund by the Master Fund will equal or exceed 25% of the Portfolio Fund’s assets, or such lower percentage limit as may be determined by the Master Fund in consultation with its counsel.  These restrictions could change from time to time as applicable laws, rules or interpretations thereof are modified.
 
 
 
2
 
 

 
 
 
 
Portfolio Fund Investment Practices.  Portfolio Funds are not expected to be registered under the 1940 Act.  Unregistered investment funds typically provide greater flexibility than traditional investment funds (e.g., registered investment companies) as to the types of securities that may be owned, the types of trading strategies that may be employed, and, in some cases, the amount of leverage that may be used.  Portfolio Managers utilized by the Master Fund may invest and trade in a wide range of securities, financial instruments and markets and may pursue a variety of investment strategies.  These investments may include, but are not limited to, U.S. and foreign equity and fixed income securities.  The investment programs of Portfolio Managers may also involve the use of a variety of sophisticated investment techniques, for both hedging and non-hedging purposes, including: short sales of securities; use of leverage (i.e., borrowing money for investment purposes); and transactions in derivative securities and other financial instruments such as swaps, stock options, index options, futures contracts and options on futures.  These techniques may, in some cases, be an integral part of a Portfolio Manager’s investment program and involve significant risks.  Portfolio Managers are generally not limited in the markets in which they invest (either by location or type, such as large capitalization, small capitalization or foreign markets) or the investment disciplines that they may employ (such as value or growth or bottom-up or top-down analysis).
 
 
For purposes of complying with applicable investment restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, the Master Fund will “look through” to the underlying investments of any Portfolio Account that the Master Fund may establish.  However, Portfolio Funds in which the Master Fund invests are not subject to the investment restrictions of the Fund or the Master Fund and, unless registered under the 1940 Act, are not subject to any of the investment limitations imposed by the 1940 Act.
 
 
Temporary Investments.  During periods of adverse market conditions in the securities markets, as determined by the Adviser, the Fund or the Master Fund may temporarily invest all or any portion of its assets in high quality fixed-income securities, money market instruments or shares of money market funds, or may hold its assets as cash.  The Fund and the Master Fund also may invest in money market instruments or shares of money market funds, or hold cash, for liquidity purposes.  (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors—Money Market Instruments.”)
 
 
An investment in the Fund involves substantial risks and no assurance can be given that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
Potential Benefits of Investing in the Fund
By investing in the Fund, investors gain access to a group of Portfolio Managers whose services typically are not available to the general investing public, whose investment funds may be closed from time to time to new investors or who otherwise may place stringent restrictions on the number and type of persons whose money they will manage.  The Fund provides investors the opportunity to participate in the investment programs of a professionally selected cross-section of Portfolio Managers, without being subject to the high minimum investment requirements that Portfolio Managers typically would impose on investors.  Allocation of assets among Portfolio Managers has the potential to reduce the volatility of investment returns from that which might be associated with a direct investment with any single Portfolio Manager.
 
 
 
 
3
 
 

 
 
 
Borrowings
The Fund and the Master Fund generally do not expect to engage in borrowings other than on a short-term or temporary basis.  Borrowings by the Fund or the Master Fund, including any borrowings by the Fund or the Master Fund on behalf of Portfolio Accounts, are subject to a 300% asset coverage requirement under the 1940 Act.  Portfolio Funds that are not registered investment companies are not subject to this requirement.  Borrowings for investment purposes (a practice known as “leverage”) involve certain risks.  Any borrowings for investment purposes (other than on a short-term or temporary basis) by the Fund or the Master Fund would be made solely for Portfolio Accounts and are not a principal investment strategy of the Fund or the Master Fund.  (See “Investment Program—Borrowing; Use of Leverage.”)
 
Risk Factors
The investment program of the Fund is speculative and involves substantial risks.  There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.  The investment performance of the Fund will depend on the performance of the Master Fund, which in turn will depend on the performance of the Portfolio Managers with which the Master Fund invests, and the Adviser’s ability to select Portfolio Managers and to allocate and reallocate effectively the Master Fund’s assets among Portfolio Managers.  The value of an investment in the Fund will fluctuate with changes in the values of the Master Fund’s investments.
 
 
An investment in the Fund involves the following general risks:
 
 
· Investing in the Fund can result in a loss of capital invested.  Use of leverage, short sales and derivative transactions by Portfolio Managers can result in significant losses to the Master Fund and, therefore, the Fund.
 
 
· The Master Fund is a non-diversified fund and invests in Portfolio Funds that may not have diversified investment portfolios, thereby increasing investment risk.
 
 
· There are special tax risks associated with an investment in the Fund.  Satisfaction of the various tests that must be met to maintain the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s tax status as a “regulated investment company” (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), requires significant support from the underlying Portfolio Funds.  Failure of the Fund or the Master Fund to maintain such tax status may result in the Fund and the Master Fund being subject to corporate level income tax.  In addition, as a related matter, the Fund and the Master Fund are required each December to make certain “excise tax” calculations on certain undistributed income based on income and gain information that must be obtained from the underlying Portfolio Funds.  If the Master Fund does not receive accurate information from the Portfolio Funds, the Fund and the Master Fund risk failing to satisfy the Subchapter M qualification tests and incurring the excise tax on undistributed income.  With respect to costs, the Fund may incur certain costs relating to tax compliance and reinvestment of dividends and other distributions.  In addition, to facilitate investments that the Adviser believes to be attractive in a manner consistent with RIC qualification requirements, the Master Fund might, in certain situations, invest in “passive foreign investment companies” or “PFICs” (which are offshore investment funds that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal tax purposes).  For similar reasons, the Master Fund also may make investments through subsidiaries, including through U.S. corporate subsidiaries.  The net income of a U.S. corporate subsidiary will generally be subject to federal income tax at a rate of 35%, in addition to potential state and local income taxes.  These investments may involve costs or other inefficiencies, including, with respect to PFICs, U.S. taxes that the Master Fund does not incur when it invests in U.S. domestic investment funds that are taxable as partnerships.‬  The Master Fund also has elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes and to be treated as, and intends to operate in a manner to qualify as, a RIC and therefore is also subject to the foregoing risks.  (See “Tax Aspects.”)
 
 
 
 
4
 
 

 
 
 
 
· Units will not be traded on any securities exchange or other market and will be subject to substantial restrictions on transfer.  (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors,” “Tax Aspects” and “Redemptions, Repurchases of Units and Transfers.”)  Liquidity will be provided to Members only through repurchase offers made from time to time by the Fund.  There is no assurance that an investor tendering Units for repurchase in connection with a repurchase offer made by the Fund will have those Units repurchased in that repurchase offer.
 
 
· An investor who meets the conditions imposed by the Portfolio Managers, including minimum initial investment requirements that may, in many cases, be substantially higher than $50,000, could invest directly in Portfolio Funds or with Portfolio Managers.  By investing in Portfolio Funds indirectly through the Fund and the Master Fund, an investor bears a pro rata portion of the asset-based fees and other expenses of the Fund, and also indirectly bears a pro rata portion of the asset-based fees, performance-based allocations and other expenses borne by the Master Fund as an investor in Portfolio Funds or Portfolio Accounts.
 
 
· The fees and other expenses borne directly and indirectly by the Fund, including those of the Master Fund, which include fees, expenses and performance-based allocations that are borne by the Master Fund as an investor in Portfolio Funds or Portfolio Accounts, are higher than those of most other registered investment companies.
 
 
Investing in Portfolio Funds involves special risks, including the following:
 
 
· Portfolio Funds generally will not be registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act.  Therefore, with respect to its investments in Portfolio Funds, the Master Fund will not have the benefit of the protections afforded by the 1940 Act to investors in registered investment companies, such as the limitations applicable to the use of leverage and the requirements concerning custody of assets, composition of boards of managers and approvals of investment advisory arrangements.
 
 
· Portfolio Funds may, in some cases, concentrate their investments in a single industry or group of related industries.  This increases the sensitivity of their investment returns to economic factors affecting that industry or group of industries.
 
 
· The Adviser may have little or no means of independently verifying information provided by Portfolio Managers and thus, may not be able to ascertain whether Portfolio Managers are adhering to their disclosed investment strategies and their investment and risk management policies.  A Portfolio Manager may use proprietary investment strategies that are not fully disclosed to the Adviser, which may involve risks under some market conditions that are not anticipated by the Adviser.
 
 
· The Master Fund relies primarily on information provided by Portfolio Managers in valuing its investments in Portfolio Funds.  There is a risk that inaccurate valuations provided by Portfolio Managers could adversely affect the value of Units and the amounts Members receive upon the repurchase of Units.  Because Portfolio Funds generally will provide net asset value information on a monthly basis, and may not provide detailed information on their investment positions, except on an annual basis, the Master Fund generally will not be able to determine the fair value of its investments in Portfolio Funds or its net asset value other than as of the end of each month and may not be able to verify valuation information given to the Master Fund by Portfolio Managers (except in the case of Portfolio Accounts).
 
 
 
5
 
 

 
 
 
 
· Portfolio Managers typically charge asset-based management fees, and typically are also entitled to receive performance-based fees or allocations.  The Master Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds (or by retaining a Portfolio Manager to manage a Portfolio Account), will be subject to these fees and allocations, which will reduce the investment returns of the Fund.  These fees and allocations are in addition to the investment management fee the Fund pays to the Adviser.
 
 
· The performance-based fees or allocations to Portfolio Managers may create an incentive for Portfolio Managers to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than those that might have been made in the absence of performance-based fees or allocations.  In addition, because a performance-based fee or allocation will generally be calculated on a basis that includes unrealized appreciation of a Portfolio Fund’s assets, the fee or allocation may be greater than if it were based solely on realized gains.  Additionally, although the gains on which the fee or allocation is calculated may never be realized, the Portfolio Manager generally has no obligation to refund any performance fees that have been paid based on unrealized gains.
 
 
· Each Portfolio Manager will receive any performance-based fees or allocations to which it is entitled irrespective of the performance of the other Portfolio Managers and the Master Fund generally.  Accordingly, a Portfolio Manager with positive performance may receive performance-based compensation from the Master Fund, which will be borne indirectly by Members, even if the Master Fund’s overall returns are negative.
 
 
· Investment decisions for Portfolio Funds are made by Portfolio Managers independently of each other.  As a result, at any particular time, one Portfolio Fund may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another Portfolio Fund.  Consequently, the Master Fund could incur indirectly certain transaction costs without accomplishing any net investment result.
 
 
· To the extent the Master Fund purchases non-voting securities of a Portfolio Fund or waives its right to vote its securities with respect to Portfolio Funds, it will not be able to vote on matters that require the approval of the investors in the Portfolio Fund, including matters that could adversely affect the Master Fund’s investment in the Portfolio Fund.
 
 
· The Master Fund may make additional investments in or effect withdrawals from Portfolio Funds only at certain specified times.  The Master Fund may not be able to withdraw its investment in a Portfolio Fund promptly after it has made a decision to do so, which may result in a loss and adversely affect the Fund’s investment returns.
 
 
· Portfolio Funds may be permitted to distribute securities in-kind to investors making withdrawals of capital.  Upon the Master Fund’s withdrawal of all or a portion of its interest in a Portfolio Fund, the Master Fund may receive securities that are illiquid or difficult to value, and which may cause the Fund to incur certain expenses.  In such circumstances, the Adviser would determine whether to attempt to liquidate the security, hold it in the Master Fund’s portfolio or distribute it to investors in the Master Fund in connection with a repurchase by the Master Fund of all or a portion of the units in the Master Fund.
 
 
 
6
 
 

 
 
 
 
Investing in a master/feeder arrangement involves certain additional risks, including the following:
 
 
· The Fund pursues its investment objective by investing in the Master Fund.  The Fund does not have the right to withdraw its investment in the Master Fund.  Instead, it may only do so through periodic repurchases by the Master Fund of the Fund’s units in the Master Fund. This may limit the ability of the Fund to make offers to repurchase Units.  In addition, the Fund may receive securities and other investments from the Master Fund in lieu of cash when it withdraws capital from the Master Fund.  The Fund would incur expenses in liquidating investments received in connection with any in-kind distributions.
 
 
· A change in the investment objective, policies or restrictions of the Master Fund may cause the Fund to withdraw its investment in the Master Fund.  Alternatively, the Fund could seek to change its investment objective, policies or restrictions to conform to those of the Master Fund.  Certain investment policies and restrictions of the Master Fund may be changed without the approval of investors in the Master Fund.  However, the Master Fund will notify the Fund at least 30 days before any material changes are implemented.
 
 
· Units in the Master Fund are held by investors other than the Fund.  These investors may include other investment funds, including investment companies that, like the Fund, are registered under the 1940 Act, and other types of pooled investment vehicles.  When investors in the Master Fund vote on matters affecting the Master Fund, the Fund could be outvoted by other investors.  The Fund also may be adversely affected, in other respects, by other investors in the Master Fund.
 
 
· Other investors in the Master Fund may offer units of limited liability company interests to their respective investors that have costs and expenses that differ from those of the Fund.  Thus the investment returns for investors in other funds that invest in the Master Fund may differ from the investment returns of investors in the Fund.
 
Management
The Board of Managers of the Fund has overall responsibility for monitoring and overseeing the Fund’s investment program and its management and operations.  Any vacancy on the Board of Managers may be filled by the remaining Managers, except to the extent the 1940 Act requires the election of Managers by Members.  A majority of the Managers are “Independent Managers” who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund or the Adviser. (See “Management of the Fund” and “Voting.”)
 
 
The Master Fund Board currently is comprised of the same individuals who comprise the Board of Managers of the Fund.  The Master Fund Board has overall responsibility for the management and supervision of the operations of the Master Fund.
 
The Adviser
Arden Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as an investment adviser under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Adviser”), serves as the investment adviser of the Fund.  
 
 
The Adviser is an independent investment management firm dedicated exclusively to creating and managing portfolios of hedge funds since 1993.  The Adviser is controlled primarily by Arden Asset Management, Inc. (“AAM INC”) as the controlling member although various individual senior staff of the Adviser have been issued membership interests entitling them to share in the profits of the Adviser.  Averell H. Mortimer controls AAM INC.  Mr. Mortimer also serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser.  The Adviser provides investment advisory services and management services to commingled private investment funds.  The Adviser also serves as investment manager or management company to other customized portfolios, or provides investment advice and management services to customized portfolios, on either a discretionary or non-discretionary basis.  As of March 31, 2015, the Adviser had more than $[___] billion in assets under management.  The address of the Adviser is 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10152.
 
 
 
7
 
 

 
 
 
 
The Adviser serves the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”) that was approved by Members at a meeting held on September 27, 2011.  Under that agreement, the Adviser is responsible for developing, implementing and supervising the Fund’s investment program and providing day-to-day management services to the Fund.  The agreement authorizes the Adviser to implement the Fund’s investment program through investing in the Master Fund.  The Adviser is authorized, subject to the approval of the Board of Managers and Members, to retain one or more other organizations, including its affiliates, to provide any or all of the services required to be provided by the Adviser to the Fund or to assist in providing these services.  To the extent that the Adviser retains a sub-adviser to manage the assets of the Fund, the Adviser is responsible under the Advisory Agreement to review and supervise the services provided by the sub-adviser.  Under the Advisory Agreement, a quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.75% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter (after adjustment for any purchases effective on that date) is payable by the Fund to the Adviser (the “Advisory Fee”).  However, under the agreement, the Fund is not subject to the Advisory Fee so long as substantially all of the Fund’s assets remain invested in the Master Fund.  The Adviser also provides office space, telephone services and utilities, and administrative, secretarial, clerical and other personnel as necessary to provide the services required to be provided under the Advisory Agreement.
 
 
The Adviser also serves the Master Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Master Fund (the “Master Fund Advisory Agreement”) that was approved by members of the Master Fund at a meeting held on September 27, 2011.  Under that agreement, the Adviser provides substantially similar services to the Master Fund as those set forth in the Fund’s Advisory Agreement.  As consideration for these services, the Master Fund pays the Adviser a quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.75% of the average net assets of the Master Fund during the calendar quarter (after adjustment for any purchases effective on that date) (the “Master Fund Advisory Fee”).  The Master Fund Advisory Fee is payable in arrears within five business days after the end of the quarter. 
 
Fees and Expenses
The Adviser bears all of its own costs incurred in providing investment advisory and other services to the Fund and the Master Fund, including travel and other expenses related to the selection and monitoring of Portfolio Managers.
 
 
The Fund bears all of its own expenses and, through its investment in the Master Fund, its portion of the Master Fund’s operating expenses, other than those borne by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement, and by the Distributor pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and the Member Services Agreement (both as defined below), including, but not limited to: all investment related expenses (e.g., fees paid directly or indirectly to Portfolio Managers, all costs and expenses directly related to portfolio transactions and positions for the Master Fund’s account such as direct and indirect expenses associated with the Master Fund’s investments, including its investments in Portfolio Funds, transfer taxes and premiums, taxes withheld on foreign dividends and, if applicable in the event the Master Fund utilizes a Portfolio Account, brokerage commissions, interest and commitment fees on loans and debit balances, borrowing charges on securities sold short, dividends on securities sold but not yet purchased and margin fees); all costs and expenses associated with the establishment of any Portfolio Accounts; any non-investment related interest expense; organizational and offering expenses; fees and disbursements of any attorneys and accountants engaged by the Fund and the Master Fund; audit and tax preparation fees and expenses of the Fund and the Master Fund; all costs and expenses associated with background checks on Portfolio Managers; all costs and expenses associated with retaining independent third parties to provide risk management or compliance services to the Fund and the Master Fund; administrative expenses and fees of the Fund and the Master Fund; custody and escrow fees and expenses of the Fund and the Master Fund; the costs of an errors and omissions/directors and officers liability insurance policy and a fidelity bond for the Fund and the Master Fund; the Master Fund Advisory Fee; the Distribution Fee (as defined below); the Member Servicing Fee (as defined below); fees and travel-related and other expenses of members of the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board who are not employees of the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser; all costs and charges for equipment or services used in communicating information regarding the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s transactions among the Adviser and any custodian or other agent engaged by the Fund; any extraordinary expenses; and such other expenses as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Managers.
 
 
 
8
 
 

 
 
 
 
The Fund also indirectly bears fees and expenses of the Master Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds.  Each Portfolio Manager generally receives a management fee and a performance fee or allocation with respect to the assets of Portfolio Funds that it manages.  The amount of these fees and allocations varies among Portfolio Managers, but the management fees are generally expected to be between 1.0%-2.0%, on an annual basis, of the total assets managed by a Portfolio Manager, and the performance fees or allocations are generally expected to be between 15%-25% of the net capital appreciation (if any) in the assets managed by a Portfolio Manager.  If the Master Fund retains a Portfolio Manager to manage a Portfolio Account, a management fee and performance allocation would generally be payable or allocable to the Portfolio Manager.  In such cases, the fees or allocations may differ from, and could be higher than, those described above.  Any such Portfolio Account related advisory arrangements will be subject to the approval of the Board of Managers and Members.
 
 
The Adviser and the Fund have entered into an expense limitation and reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Limitation Agreement”) under which the Adviser (or its affiliate) has agreed to pay or absorb the ordinary operating expenses of the Fund (including organization and offering expenses, as well as the portion of the Master Fund’s fees and expenses borne by the Fund, but excluding any Portfolio Fund fees and expenses, interest, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses of the Fund), to the extent necessary to limit the ordinary operating expenses of the Fund to 2.25% per annum of the Fund’s average monthly net assets (the “Expense Limitation”).  In consideration of the Adviser’s agreement to limit the Fund’s expenses, the Fund will carry forward the amount of expenses paid or absorbed by the Adviser (or its affiliate) in excess of the Expense Limitation for a period not to exceed three years from the end of the fiscal year in which they were incurred and will reimburse the Adviser (or its affiliate) such amounts.  Reimbursement will be made as promptly as possible, but only to the extent it does not cause the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation in effect at the time the expense was paid or absorbed.  The Expense Limitation Agreement will remain in effect until terminated by the Board.  None of the fees charged to the Master Fund by a Portfolio Fund will be subject to the Expense Limitation Agreement. (See “Fees and Expenses.”)
 
 
 
9
 
 

 
 
 
Net Asset Valuation
The Fund sells Units at their offering price, which is equal to the “net asset value” per Unit, plus the applicable sales load described in the “Summary of Fund Expenses”. The net asset value of the Fund will be computed as of the close of business on the following days: (i) the last day of each fiscal year, (ii) the last day of a taxable year (if it differs from the fiscal year), (iii) the day preceding the date as of which any Units are purchased, or (iv) any day as of which the Fund repurchases any Units. The Fund’s net asset value is the value of the Fund’s assets less its liabilities, and its net asset value per Unit equals that net asset value divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Units.
 
Conflicts of Interest
The investment activities of the Adviser, the Portfolio Managers and their affiliates for their own accounts and for other accounts they manage may give rise to conflicts of interest that may disadvantage the Fund.  (See “Conflicts of Interest.”)
Purchases of Units
An investor purchases Units in the Fund.  Units are offered at their net asset value per Unit, and each Unit purchased represents a capital contribution to the Fund in that amount.  Generally, the minimum initial investment in Units by an investor is $50,000 and subsequent investments must be at least $25,000.  The minimum initial investment for employees of the Adviser or a Selling Agent (as defined below) and their affiliates, and members of their immediate families and, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, as applicable, the Managers, attorneys and other professionals engaged on behalf of the Fund and members of their immediate families, is $25,000 and subsequent investments must be at least $10,000.  The minimum initial and minimum additional investment requirements may be reduced or increased by the Board of Managers.  Under certain circumstances, the minimum investment amounts may be waived, subject to the approval of the Fund.
 
 
The Fund expects to offer Units once a month, generally as of the first business day of each month or more or less frequently in the sole discretion of the Board of Managers.  All purchases are subject to the receipt of cleared funds from the investor prior to the applicable purchase date in the full amount of the purchase.  The investor must also submit a completed investor certification to the Administrator or Selling Agent (both as defined below) before the applicable purchase date.  The Board of Managers reserves the right to reject any purchase for Units and the Board of Managers may, in its sole discretion, suspend purchases of Units at any time.
 
 
The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Arden Securities LLC (“Arden Securities”) to act as the distributor for the sale of Units (the “Distributor”).  Arden Securities serves as the Distributor on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions, and may retain broker-dealers (the “Selling Agents”) to assist in the distribution of Units.  Arden Securities is owned by Foreside Distributors, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foreside Financial Group, LLC.
 
Selling Agents generally will be entitled to a sales load and an ongoing fee for such services.  The specific amount of the sales load paid with respect to a Member is generally dependent on the size of the investment in the Fund, but will not exceed 2.5% of an investor’s investment amount.  (Subject to that limit, however, the applicable schedule of sales loads may vary among Selling Agents.)  The sales load will be charged as a percentage of an investor’s investment amount.  The sales load will not constitute an investment made by the investor in the Fund.  The sales load may be adjusted or waived at the sole discretion of the applicable Selling Agent in consultation with the Fund and is expected to be waived for the Adviser and its affiliates, including the directors, partners, principals, officers and employees of each of these entities, and employees of the Selling Agents and certain of their affiliates.
 
 
 
10
 
 

 
 
 
 
In addition, as compensation for providing for, or arranging for the provision of, the sale and marketing of Units, the Fund pays the Distributor an ongoing quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.85% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter (after adjustment for any purchases effective on that date) (the “Distribution Fee”).  The Distribution Fee is payable in arrears within five days after the end of the quarter.  These payments have been separately authorized by the Board pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by the Board.  The Distributor may pay all or a portion of this amount to Selling Agents for providing either distribution or member services (as described below).
 
 
The Fund has also entered into a Member Services Agreement with the Distributor (the “Member Services Agreement”) to arrange for the provision of ongoing Member and account maintenance services.  Under the terms of the Member Services Agreement, the Distributor is authorized to retain broker-dealers or others (which may include the Adviser or its affiliates) (“Member Services Providers”) to provide ongoing Member and account maintenance services to the Members of the Fund. As consideration for these services, the Fund pays a quarterly Member servicing fee to the Distributor at an annualized rate of 0.15% of the average net assets of the Fund.  (See “Purchases of UnitsDistribution and Member Services.”)
 
Investor Eligibility
Units are being sold only to investors who represent that (A) (i) if a natural person (including participants in individual retirement accounts), they have (a) an individual net worth, or joint net worth with their spouse, in excess of $1 million (excluding from the calculation of net worth the value of such investor’s primary residence and any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of Units, and including any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of the Units) or (b) an income (exclusive of any income attributable to their spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with their spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of the two most recent years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year; or (ii) if an entity, including a corporation, foundation, endowment, partnership, or limited liability company, they have total assets in excess of $5 million and they were not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered (or each equity owner is a person who has an individual income (exclusive of any income attributable to a spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with a spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year, or an individual net worth, or joint net worth with their spouse, in excess of $1 million (excluding from the calculation of net worth the value of such investor’s primary residence and any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of Units, and including any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of the Units)) or (iii) a trust with total assets in excess of $5 million, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered and the purchase is directed by a sophisticated person (as used in the foregoing sentence, a “sophisticated person” is one who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment), or a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, acting in a fiduciary capacity and subscribing for the purchase of the securities being offered on behalf of a trust account or accounts, or a revocable trust which may be amended or revoked at any time by the grantors thereof and all of the grantors are eligible investors as described in (i); or (B) a trust with total assets in excess of $5 million, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered.
 
Before an investor may invest in the Fund, a Selling Agent or the Fund will require the investor to certify that it meets applicable investor qualification requirements and that it will not transfer its Units except in the limited circumstances permitted under the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Fund, dated October 1, 2011 (the “Company Agreement”).  (A form of certification that each investor will be asked to sign is contained in Appendix B of this Prospectus.)  If an investor’s executed and completed certification is not received on or before the date Units are to be issued, the investor’s order will not be accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any order for the purchase of Units and may, in its sole discretion, suspend the offering of Units at any time.
 
 
 
11
 
 

 
 
 
Investor Suitability
An investment in the Fund involves substantial risks and is not necessarily suitable for all eligible investors.  You may lose some or all of your investment in the Fund.  Before making a decision to invest in the Fund, you should consider whether the investment is consistent with your investment goals and needs and your financial situation, considering such factors as personal net worth, income, age, risk tolerance and liquidity needs.
 
Transfer Restrictions
Units held by Members may be transferred only: (i) by operation of law pursuant to the death, divorce, bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or adjudication of incompetency of a Member; or (ii) with the consent of the Board of Managers (which may be withheld in its sole discretion).  Under certain circumstances, the Board of Managers has delegated to the Adviser authority to consent to transfers of Units.  The Board of Managers has also delegated to the Adviser authority to admit Members.  A Member who transfers Units may be charged reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, incurred by the Fund in connection with the transfer.  (See “Redemptions, Repurchase of Units and Transfers—Transfers of Units.”)
 
Redemptions and Repurchases of Units by the Fund
Units are not redeemable and a Member has no right to require the Fund to redeem its Units.  The Fund will from time to time make offers to repurchase Units from Members pursuant to written tenders.  Repurchase offers will be made at such times and on such terms as may be determined by the Board of Managers, in its sole discretion.  In determining whether the Fund should offer to repurchase Units from Members, the Board of Managers will consider the recommendations of the Adviser.  The Adviser currently expects that it will recommend to the Board of Managers that the Fund offer to repurchase Units from Members four times each year, as of the last day of each calendar quarter.  The Board of Managers will also consider the following factors, among others, in making a determination as to whether to make an offer to repurchase Units from Members: (i) whether any Members have requested the Fund to repurchase their Units; (ii) the liquidity of the Fund’s assets (including the liquidity of investments held by the Master Fund); (iii) the investment plans and working capital requirements of the Fund; (iv) the relative economies of scale with respect to the size of the Fund; (v) the history of the Fund in repurchasing Units; (vi) the economic condition of the securities markets; and (vii) the anticipated tax consequences of any proposed repurchases of Units.  (See “Redemptions, Repurchases of Units and Transfers—No Right of Redemption” and “—Repurchases of Units.”)
 
 
The Company Agreement provides that the Fund will be dissolved if the Units of any Member that has submitted a written request to the Fund for the repurchase of all of its Units, in accordance with the terms of the Company Agreement, is not repurchased by the Fund within a period of two years following the date the request is received by the Fund; provided, however, that dissolution shall not be required if the Fund is unable to repurchase a Member’s Units as a result of regulatory restrictions that prevent the Fund from fulfilling a repurchase request.
 
 
 
12
 
 

 
 
 
 
If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed by Members who tender Units for repurchase, the Fund will repurchase only a pro rata portion of the Units tendered by each Member.
 
 
The Fund may redeem Units if, among other reasons, ownership of the Units by a Member would cause the Fund, the Master Fund or the Adviser to be in violation of, or subject the Fund to additional registration or regulation under, the securities, commodities or other laws of the U.S. or any other relevant jurisdiction.
 
Taxation
The Fund has elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes and to be treated as, and intends to operate in a manner to qualify as, a RIC.  Each year that the Fund qualifies as a RIC and distributes to its Members generally at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (as defined in the Code, but without regard to the dividends paid deduction) and net tax-exempt income, it will pay no U.S. federal income tax on the income or capital gains it distributes.  This avoids a “double tax” on that income and net capital gains.  Holders of Units normally will be taxed on the dividends and net capital gains they receive from the Fund (unless their Units are held in a retirement account that permits tax deferral or the holder is otherwise exempt from tax).  Tax-exempt U.S. investors generally will not incur unrelated business taxable income with respect to an investment in Units if they do not borrow to make the investment.  Certain requirements under Subchapter M and additional information regarding the Fund’s tax treatment are described in this prospectus.  (See “Tax Aspects.”)  The Adviser will need to obtain certain information from Portfolio Funds and/or structure the Master Fund’s investments in Portfolio Funds in such manner so as to assure qualification of the Fund and the Master Fund as a RIC, and the Adviser may determine not to make certain investments that would adversely affect either Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC.  The Fund’s tax reporting to Members is made on IRS Form 1099.  (See “Tax Aspects.”)
 
ERISA Plans
Investors subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) may purchase Units.  It is possible that 25% or more of the aggregate net asset value of the Units may be held by benefit plan investors (as defined in Section 3(42) of ERISA).  However, because the Fund is registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, the assets of the Fund should not be treated as “plan assets” under ERISA. (See “ERISA Considerations.”)
 
Reports to Members
The Fund will furnish to Members as soon as practicable after the end of each taxable year such information as is necessary for them to complete their income tax or information returns, along with any other tax information required by law.
 
 
The Fund sends Members an unaudited semi-annual and an audited annual report within 60 days after the close of the period for which the report is being made, or as otherwise required by the 1940 Act.  Members also will be sent quarterly reports regarding the Fund’s operations after the end of each quarter.  Any Member may request from the Adviser an estimate, based on unaudited data, of the net asset value of the Fund as of the end of any calendar month.
 
Term
The Fund’s term is perpetual unless the Fund is otherwise terminated under the terms of the Company Agreement.
 
Fiscal Year and Taxable Year
For accounting purposes, the Fund’s fiscal year is the 12-month period ending on March 31.  The 12-month period ending October 31 of each year is the taxable year of the Fund.
 
 
 
13
 
 

 
 
 
Administrator
Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), SEI Investments Global Funds Services (the “Administrator”) provides various administrative services to the Fund, including fund accounting, investor accounting and taxation services, maintaining the register of the Fund and generally performing all actions related to the issuance and transfer of Units; performing all acts related to the repurchase of Units; and performing all other clerical services necessary in connection with the administration of the Fund.  The Administrator may delegate certain of its administrative functions.  The Administrator also serves as the transfer agent for the Units.
 
 
Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides or arranges for the provision of similar administrative services to the Master Fund.  
 
Custodian and Escrow Agent
SEI Private Trust Company serves as the custodian for the assets of the Fund and the Master Fund.  UMB Bank, n.a. serves as the escrow agent for the assets of the Fund.

14
 
 

 
 

 
SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
The following table illustrates the expenses and fees that the Fund expects to incur and that investors can expect to bear.
 
Investor Transaction Expenses
 Maximum Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price) (1)  2.50%
 Repurchase Fee (as percentage of value of Units repurchased)  None
 
 
Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to Units)
 Management Fee (2)(3)   0.75%
Other Expenses (4)                                                                                                           
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (5)                                                                                                           
Total Annual Expenses (6)                                                                                                           
Less:  Amount Paid or Absorbed Under Expense Limitation Agreement (3)(6)
Net Annual Expenses (3)(6)                                                                                                           
_____________
 
(1)
In connection with initial and additional investments, investors may be charged a sales load of up to 2.5% of the amounts transmitted in connection with their capital contributions.  No sales load will be charged to certain types of investors.  (See “Purchases of Units —Distribution and Member Services.”)
 
(2)
Includes only the Master Fund Advisory Fee.  The Fund’s Advisory Fee is not reflected in this table since, under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund is not subject to the Advisory Fee so long as substantially all of the Fund’s assets are invested in the Master Fund.
 
(3)
The amount shown was absorbed by the Adviser pursuant to an expense limitation and reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Limitation Agreement”) described in detail on page 48 of this Prospectus through implementation of a reduction in the management fee from 0.75% to 0.33%.  In addition, the Adviser voluntarily reduced the management fee during the last fiscal year an additional 0.03%, so that the total management fee, after all reductions, amounted to 0.30%.
 
(4)
Reflects an estimate of all expected ordinary operating expenses for the current fiscal year, including a Distribution Fee of 0.85% and a Member Servicing Fee of 0.15%.  “Other Expenses” include ordinary operating expenses of the Master Fund (including a Master Fund Administration Fee, but not the Master Fund Advisory Fee, which is noted separately in the table) that are expected to be borne by the Fund for the current fiscal year.  “Other Expenses” do not include any fees or expenses charged by a Portfolio Fund (which are reflected separately under “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”).  The amount of the Fund’s net assets used in calculating this percentage was based on net assets of approximately [$__] million as of March 31, 2015.  For a more complete description of the various fees and expenses of the Fund, see “Fees and Expenses,” “The Adviser” and “Purchases of Units.”
 
(5)
Includes the fees and expenses of the Portfolio Funds in which the Master Fund is already invested.  Specifically, a Portfolio Fund is generally expected to be subject to management fees that range between 1.0%-2.0% of the total net assets managed by a Portfolio Manager and performance fees or incentive allocations that range between 15%-20% of its net capital appreciation (if any).  Fees and expenses of Portfolio Funds are based on historic fees and expenses.  Future Portfolio Funds’ fees and expenses may be substantially higher or lower because certain fees are based on the performance of the Portfolio Funds, which may fluctuate over time.  The amount of the Fund’s average net assets used in calculating this percentage was based on net assets of approximately [$__] million as of March 31, 2015.
 
(6)
This amount is estimated for the current fiscal year based on the previous year’s expenses.  None of the fees charged to the Master Fund by a Portfolio Fund will be subject to the Expense Limitation Agreement. (See “Fees and Expenses”)
 
The purpose of the table above and the example below is to assist prospective investors in understanding the various costs and expenses investors in the Fund will bear directly or indirectly.  For a more complete description of the various fees and expenses of the Fund, see “The Adviser,” “Fees and Expenses” and “Purchases of Units.” [“Other Expenses,” as shown above, is based on Fund net assets of approximately [$__] million as of March 31, 2015.]
 
EXAMPLE:
 
The example below is based on the fees and expenses set forth above and assumes that the Expense Limitation Agreement remains in effect for one year only (although it has an indefinite term), and also reflects the maximum 2.5% sales load that may be assessed on a $50,000 investment in the Fund.  It should not be considered a representation of future expenses.  Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.  The Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return assumed in the example.
 
 
15
 
 

 
 
 
An investor would pay the following expenses on a $50,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return:*
 
1 Year
   
3 Years
   
5 Years
   
10 Years
 
$       $       $       $    
 
_____________
*  On an investment of $1,000, the Example would be as follows:
 
EXAMPLE:
 
       An investor would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return:
 
1 Year
   
3 Years
   
5 Years
   
10 Years
 
$       $       $       $    

 
 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
The information contained in the table below sets forth selected information derived from the financial statements contained in the Fund’s annual reports for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, March 31, 2014, March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012, March 31, 2011, March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009, March 31, 2008, March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006 (each, an “Annual Report” and collectively, the “Annual Reports”) which have been audited by  (“__”).  [__] report, along with the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s financial statements, are included in the Annual Reports.  The Fund’s Annual Reports and semi-annual reports have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and are also available upon request by calling (866) 773-7145.  The Fund’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 are included in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, dated [______ __, 2015] (the “SAI”), which is available upon request from the Fund.  The SAI also contains the financial statements of the Master Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, which have been audited by [__].

 
For the year ended March 31, 2015 (audited)
 
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the year ended
(audited)
 
                                 
Per Unit Operating Performance
                               
Beginning net asset value
    $ 1,040.31     $ 1,031.74     $ 1,077.93     $ 1,041.51     $ 920.13  
Income/(loss) from operations*:
                                         
Net investment loss
    $ (23.53 )   $ (21.69 )   $ (23.38 )   $ (24.17 )   $ (16.94 )
Net realized and unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) from Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C.
    $ 112.17     $ 43.95     $ (22.81 )   $ 60.59     $ 138.32  
Net change in net assets resulting from operations
    $ 88.64     $ 22.26     $ (46.19 )   $ 36.42     $ 121.38  
Less distributions:
                                         
Net investment income
    $ (48.02 )   $ (8.96 )                        
Net realized long-term capital gains
    $ (23.43 )   $ (4.73 )                        
Ending net asset value
    $ 1,057.50     $ 1,040.31     $ 1,031.74     $ 1,077.93     $ 1,041.51  
                                           
Total Return
      8.25 %     2.16 %     (4.29 )%     3.50 %     13.19 %
                                           
Net assets, end of period (000’s)
    $ 46,166     $ 88,264     $ 144,266     $ 100,913     $ 82,496  
                                           
Ratios to Average Net Assets(4)
                                         
Expenses, before waivers and reimbursements (1)
      2.22 %     2.11 %     2.62 %     2.63 %     3.03 %
                                           
Expenses, net of waivers and reimbursements (1)
      2.22 %     2.11 %     2.25 %     2.25 %     2.36 %(2)
                                           
Net investment loss, before waivers and reimbursements
      -2.22 %     -2.11 %     -2.62 %     -2.63 %     -2.36 %
                                           
Net investment loss, net of  waivers and reimbursements
      -2.22 %     -2.11 %     -2.25 %     -2.25 %     -1.68 %
                                           
Portfolio turnover rate
      36.72 %(5)     13.60 %(5)     47.19 %(5)     34.13 %(5)     32.12 %(5)
 
 
 
16
 
 

 

   
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the year ended
(audited)
   
For the period June 8, 2005 (date of inception) through
March 31, 2006 (audited)
 
                         
Per Unit Operating Performance
                       
Beginning net asset value
  $ 1,105.12     $ 1,141.44     $ 1,061.24     $ 1,000.00  
Income/(loss) from operations*:
                               
Net investment loss
  $ (24.12 )   $ (25.30 )   $ (26.36 )   $ (8.03 )
Net realized and unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) from Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C.
  $ (160.87 )   $ (11.02 )   $ 106.56     $ 69.27  
Net change in net assets resulting from operations
  $ (184.99 )   $ (36.32 )   $ 80.20     $ 61.24  
Less distributions:
                               
Net investment income
                               
Net realized long-term capital gains
                               
Ending net asset value
  $ 920.13     $ 1,105.12     $ 1,141.44     $ 1,061.24  
                                 
Total Return
    (16.74 )%     (3.18 )%     7.56 %     6.12 %(6)
                                 
Net assets, end of period (000’s)
  $ 84,437     $ 112,670     $ 65,647     $ 21,285  
                                 
Ratios to Average Net Assets(4)
                               
Expenses, before waivers and reimbursements (1)
    2.74 %     2.34 %     3.56 %     6.09 %(7)
                                 
Expenses, net of waivers and reimbursements (1)
    2.37 %(2)     2.25 %     2.50 %     2.50 %(7)
                                 
Net investment loss, before waivers and reimbursements
    -2.70 %     -2.25 %     -3.46 %     -5.90 %(7)
                                 
Net investment loss, net of  waivers and reimbursements
    -2.33 %     -2.16 %     -2.40 %     -2.31 %(7)
                                 
Portfolio turnover rate
    38.25 %(3)     17.47 %     7.82 %     0.00 %(8)


 
 

 

*     Per share calculations were performed using average shares for the year.
 
 
(1)    Expenses of Portfolio Funds are not included in the expense ratio. The expense ratio reflects the Adviser’s reduction of the management fee from 0.75% to 0.30%.
(2)    Expense ratio is greater than the expense cap of 2.25% due to inclusion of extraordinary expenses that are not covered by the expense cap as further described in Note 4 to the Fund’s financial statements.
(3)    Portfolio turnover rate represents the rate for Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. from April 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the rate for Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C. from January 1, 2009 to March 31, 2009.
(4)    Includes amounts allocated from the Master Fund.
 (5)    Portfolio turnover rate represents the rate for Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C.
 (6)    Total return is for the period indicated and has not been annualized.
 (7)    Annualized, with the exception of non-recurring organizational expenses of $67,500.
 (8)    Not annualized.
 

 
Note:  The expense ratios, the net investment loss ratio, and the total return percentages are calculated for the Members taken as a whole.  The computation of such ratios and return based on the amount of expenses charged to any specific Member may vary from the overall ratios presented in the financial statements as a result of the timing of capital transactions.
 
 
17
 
 

 
 
 
THE FUND
 
Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. (the “Fund”) is a Delaware limited liability company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a non-diversified, closed-end, management investment company.  The Fund invests substantially all of its assets in Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C. (the “Master Fund”), a Delaware limited liability company that is also registered under the 1940 Act.  Prior to January 1, 2009, the Fund operated as a stand-alone fund, investing directly in Portfolio Funds.  The Fund now operates through a “master/feeder” structure where investments in the Portfolio Funds are made through the Master Fund.  The Master Fund has the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies as those of the Fund.
 
The Fund’s principal office is located at c/o Arden Asset Management LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10152, and its telephone number is (212) 751-5252.  Responsibility for the overall management and supervision of the operations of the Fund is vested in the individuals who serve on the board of managers of the Fund (the “Board of Managers”).  Investors who purchase units of limited liability company interests in the Fund (“Units”) in the offering being made hereby will become members of the Fund (“Members”).
 
 
USE OF PROCEEDS; CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
The net proceeds of the offering of Units (after payment of expenses) are expected to be invested at all times in accordance with the investment objective and policies of the Fund.  During periods of adverse market conditions in the securities markets, as determined by the Adviser (as defined below), the Fund or the Master Fund may temporarily invest all or any portion of its assets in high quality fixed-income securities, money market instruments or shares of money market funds, or may hold its assets as cash.  The Fund and the Master Fund also may invest in money market instruments or shares of money market funds, or hold cash, for liquidity purposes. (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors—Money Market Instruments.”)  The Portfolio Managers may also invest in such cash equivalents.
 
 
STRUCTURE
 
The Fund is a specialized investment vehicle that combines many of the features of a hedge fund with those of a closed-end investment company.  Hedge funds are unregistered, commingled asset pools that are often aggressively managed and offered in large minimum denominations (often over $1 million) through private placements to a limited number of high net worth individuals and institutional investors.  The investment advisers of these funds are typically compensated through asset-based fees and performance-based allocations.  Closed-end investment companies are 1940 Act registered pools typically organized as corporations or business trusts that usually are managed more conservatively than most hedge funds.  They generally impose relatively modest minimum initial investment requirements (often less than $2,000) and are publicly offered to a broad range of investors.  The managers of these companies are typically compensated through asset-based (but not performance-based) fees.
 
The Fund is similar to a hedge fund in that, through its investment in the Master Fund, its assets are actively managed and the Units are sold solely to high net worth individuals and institutional investors, but differs from a typical hedge fund in that it permits investments in relatively modest minimum denominations.  The structure of the Fund is designed to permit sophisticated investors that have a higher tolerance for investment risk to participate in an aggressive investment program without making the more substantial minimum capital commitment that is required by many hedge funds.
 
 
INVESTMENT PROGRAM
 
Investment Objective
 
The Fund’s investment objective is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while attempting to reduce risk and volatility.  The Fund seeks to accomplish its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the Master Fund.  The Master Fund, in turn, invests its assets primarily in hedge funds, joint ventures, investment companies, and other similar investment vehicles (“Portfolio Funds”) that are managed by a select group of portfolio managers (“Portfolio Managers”) that invest in a variety of financial markets and utilize a broad range of alternative investment strategies.
 
At present, there are a number of money managers whose services are not generally available to the investing public.  These managers, who generally place stringent restrictions on the number of persons whose money they will manage, employ a wide variety of investment strategies and techniques.  By investing through this varied group, the Master Fund seeks to provide investors with access to the varied skills and expertise of these managers while at the same time seeks to lessen the risks and volatility associated with investing through any single money manager.  An investment in the Fund also enables investors to avoid, to a significant extent, the high minimum investment requirements typically imposed on individual investors by Portfolio Managers.
 
 
18
 
 

 
 
 
The Master Fund expects to invest among broad categories of investment strategies and techniques.  Arden Asset Management LLC (the “Adviser”) will not follow a rigid investment policy which would limit the Master Fund from participating in any single market, strategy or investment.  Portfolio Managers are permitted to utilize leverage and invest in long and short positions in equities, options, warrants, fixed income securities, financial and commodity futures, currency forwards, over-the-counter derivative instruments, securities that lack active public markets, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, preferred stocks, convertible bonds and other financial instruments.  When they determine that such an investment policy is warranted, Portfolio Managers may invest without limitation in cash and cash equivalents.
 
Portfolio Manager Selection Process.  It is the responsibility of the Adviser to research and determine the identity of the Portfolio Managers, to satisfy itself as to the suitability of the terms and conditions of the investment companies they manage (or, where relevant, to negotiate the respective investment advisory agreements) and to allocate and reallocate the Master Fund’s assets among Portfolio Managers.  The Adviser will allocate the Master Fund’s assets among Portfolio Managers using its proprietary knowledge and experience to seek the optimal mix of investment sectors and styles given its outlook for the economic and investment environment.  The Master Fund will not invest more than 20% of its net asset value (measured at the time an investment is made) in the investment program of any single Portfolio Manager.
 
The Adviser is responsible for selecting Portfolio Managers and determining the portion of the Master Fund’s assets to be allocated to each Portfolio Manager.  Portfolio Managers are generally chosen on the basis of some or all of the following selection criteria established by the Adviser, including an analysis of the Portfolio Manager’s performance during various time periods and market cycles, the Portfolio Manager’s reputation, experience, training and investment philosophy and policies, whether the Portfolio Manager has an identifiable track record and/or the degree to which the Portfolio Manager has a personal investment in the investment program.  In addition, the Portfolio Manager’s ability to provide requested reporting and its internal controls are considered.  Prior to investing with a Portfolio Manager, the Adviser will meet with the Portfolio Manager to discuss the Portfolio Manager’s investment program and organization.  Portfolio Managers are generally compensated on terms which will usually include asset-based and performance-based fees or allocations made by, or charged to, the relevant Portfolio Fund.
 
Portfolio Managers may invest in a wide range of instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. and foreign equities and equity-related instruments, currencies, commodities, futures and fixed income and other debt-related instruments, cash and cash equivalents, options and warrants.  The Adviser expects that Portfolio Managers will utilize both over-the-counter and exchange traded instruments (including derivative instruments), trade on margin and engage in short sales.  In addition, Portfolio Managers are permitted to utilize leverage, without limit.
 
The Master Fund’s multi-asset, multi-manager structure seeks to take advantage of broad market opportunities.  The Master Fund will not follow a rigid investment policy that would restrict it from participating in any market, strategy or investment.  In fact, subject to certain limitations described herein, the Master Fund’s assets may be deployed in whatever markets or strategies are deemed appropriate under prevailing economic and market conditions to attempt to achieve long-term capital appreciation.  The Adviser seeks to monitor each Portfolio Manager on a regular basis, by reviewing, among other things, information on performance, portfolio exposures and risk characteristics.  The identity and number of Portfolio Managers is likely to change over time.  The Adviser may withdraw from or invest in different Portfolio Funds without prior notice to, or the consent of, the Members.
 
The Adviser has developed a disciplined and detailed program for identifying, evaluating and monitoring Portfolio Managers.  After allocating assets to a Portfolio Manager, the Adviser reviews the Portfolio Manager’s investment performance and other factors in determining whether allocation of the Master Fund’s assets to the Portfolio Manager continues to be appropriate.
 
As noted above, Portfolio Managers generally conduct their investment programs through Portfolio Funds.  Portfolio Funds in which the Master Fund invests are not expected to be registered under the 1940 Act.
 
Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Accounts.  The Master Fund invests its assets primarily in Portfolio Funds.  Although it is not currently anticipated, the Master Fund may on occasion retain one or more Portfolio Managers to manage and invest designated portions of the Master Fund’s assets (either as separately managed accounts or by creating separate investment vehicles in which a Portfolio Manager will serve as general partner or managing member of the vehicle and the Master Fund will be the sole limited partner or member).  Any arrangement in which the Master Fund retains a Portfolio Manager to manage a separate account or separate investment vehicle is referred to as a “Portfolio Account.”  Portfolio Managers for which such an investment vehicle is formed and Portfolio Managers who manage assets directly for the Master Fund on a managed account basis are collectively referred to as “Sub-Managers.”
 
 
19
 
 

 
 
 
The Master Fund will limit its investment position in any one Portfolio Fund to less than 5% of the Portfolio Fund’s outstanding voting securities, absent an order of the SEC (or assurances from the SEC staff) under which the Master Fund’s contribution and withdrawal of capital from a Portfolio Fund in which it holds 5% or more of the outstanding interests will not be subject to various 1940 Act prohibitions on affiliated transactions.  This limitation on voting rights is intended to ensure that a Portfolio Fund is not deemed an “affiliated person” of the Master Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act, which may potentially impose limits on transactions with the Portfolio Funds by the Master Fund.  The Master Fund also is not required to adhere to this 5% investment limitation to the extent that it relies on certain SEC rules that provide exemptions from 1940 Act prohibitions on affiliated transactions.  However, to facilitate investments in smaller Portfolio Funds deemed attractive by the Adviser, the Master Fund may purchase non-voting securities of, or irrevocably waive its right to vote its interests in, Portfolio Funds.  This determination is generally made by the Adviser, in consultation with counsel to the Master Fund.  In this regard, the board of managers of the Master Fund (the “Master Fund Board”) has adopted procedures relating to the Master Fund’s waiver of voting rights, for purposes of assuring adherence to the foregoing limitations.  Although the Master Fund may hold non-voting interests, the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder may nevertheless require the Master Fund to limit its position in any one Portfolio Fund, if investments in a Portfolio Fund by the Master Fund will equal or exceed 25% of the Portfolio Fund’s assets, or such lower percentage limit as may be determined by the Master Fund in consultation with its counsel.  These restrictions could change from time to time as applicable laws, rules or interpretations thereof are modified.
 
Portfolio Fund Investment Practices.  Unregistered investment funds typically provide greater flexibility than traditional investment funds (e.g., registered investment companies) as to the types of securities that may be owned, the types of trading strategies that may be employed and, in some cases, the amount of leverage that may be used.  Portfolio Managers utilized by the Master Fund may invest and trade in a wide range of securities, financial instruments and markets and may pursue a variety of investment strategies.  These investments may include, but are not limited to, U.S. and foreign equity and fixed income securities.  The investment programs of Portfolio Managers may also involve the use of a variety of sophisticated investment techniques, for both hedging and non-hedging purposes, including: short sales of securities; use of leverage (i.e., borrowing money for investment purposes); and transactions in derivative securities and other financial instruments such as swaps, stock options, index options, futures contracts and options on futures.  These techniques may, in some cases, be an integral part of a Portfolio Manager’s investment program and involve significant risks.  Portfolio Managers are generally not limited in the markets (either by location or type, such as large capitalization, small capitalization or foreign markets) in which they invest or the investment discipline that they may employ (such as value or growth or bottom-up or top-down analysis).
 
For purposes of complying with applicable investment restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, the Master Fund will “look through” to the underlying investments of any Portfolio Account that the Master Fund may establish.  However, Portfolio Funds in which the Master Fund invests are not subject to the investment restrictions of the Fund or the Master Fund and, unless registered under the 1940 Act, are not subject to any of the investment limitations imposed by the 1940 Act.
 
Temporary Investments.  During periods of adverse market conditions in the securities markets, as determined by the Adviser, the Fund or the Master Fund may temporarily invest all or any portion of its assets in high quality fixed-income securities, money market instruments or shares of money market funds, or may hold its assets as cash.  The Fund and the Master Fund also may invest in money market instruments or shares of money market funds, or hold cash, for liquidity purposes.  (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors—Money Market Instruments.”)
 
The Fund’s investment program is speculative and entails substantial risks.  There can be no assurance that the investment objectives of the Fund, the Master Fund or any Portfolio Fund will be achieved or that their investment programs will be successful.  In particular, use of leverage, short sales and derivative transactions by Portfolio Managers, and limited diversification can, in certain circumstances, result in significant losses to the Master Fund, and, therefore, the Fund.  Investors should consider the Fund as a supplement to an overall investment program and should invest only if they are willing to undertake the risks involved.  Investors in the Fund could lose some or all of their investment.
 
Investment Strategies
 
The Master Fund seeks to provide investors with exposure to a mix of hedge fund strategies by investing in Portfolio Funds.  The Adviser follows a well-developed investment process consisting of a rigorous evaluation of Portfolio Managers.
 
The Portfolio Managers with whom the Master Fund invests may employ one or more of the investment strategies discussed below, among others.  The discussion of particular strategies below is not, in any way, intended to predict the mix of strategies that will be represented in the Fund’s portfolio.  In fact, only a limited selection of the strategies listed below may be represented in the portfolio.
 
 
20
 
 

 
 
 
Relative Value
 
Relative value strategies typically seek to exploit differences in valuation through the simultaneous purchase and sale of related financial instruments.
 
·
Convertible Arbitrage. This strategy typically involves seeking to take advantage of the convex price relationship between a convertible bond and the underlying equity by buying the convertible security and simultaneously trading a short position in the underlying equity according to the changing price relationship.  (The “convex price relationship” means that as the value of a bond yield increases, the price of the bond decreases.) Other elements of the strategy include carry trades, capital structure arbitrage, private transactions, short convertible positions, and special situations arising from unique convertible features such as call premium, change of control puts and mandatory convert structures.
 
·
Credit - Relative Value. This strategy involves seeking to exploit differences in relative pricing between securities within an issuer’s capital structure or between related instruments referencing an issuer or issuers where historical relationships are mis-priced and there is reason to believe they may converge or diverge.  These strategies are generally implemented by taking  off-setting long and short positions in similar or related securities when their values, which are historically or mathematically interrelated, are temporarily distorted.  Profit is realized when the skewed relationship between the securities returns to normal. This strategy also encompasses managers who trade credit exposures on a fundamental basis seeking returns from both long and short positions. Credit Relative Value strategies primarily trade corporate debt instruments and bank loans, however they may also invest in equities and credit derivatives (both single name and indices).
 
·
Equity (Market Neutral – Fundamental/Trading). This strategy utilizes primarily discretionary, qualitative processes to select securities and construct equity portfolios that are typically sought to be managed with relatively low net long or short exposuretypically +/-20%. This strategy incorporates both high-turnover active trading styles, as well as longer-horizon fundamentally oriented investment approaches.  While primarily driven by fundamental bottom-up stock selection, tactical considerations are also given to current and projected market dynamics.
 
·
Equity (Market Neutral – Quantitative).  This strategy utilizes quantitative processes to screen and select securities and to construct portfolios that are typically sought to be managed with a relatively low long/short net exposure. The strategy typically incorporates longer term fundamentally-driven strategies and short term technically-driven statistical arbitrage strategies. Longer term strategies typically focus on fundamental signals such as earnings, accruals, valuation, analyst upgrades/downgrades, return ratios and technical signals including long term momentum, institutional fund flows, insider selling, and market sentiment. The short term, technically driven strategies utilize statistical models to identify mean reversion and short term momentum opportunities based on technical data including price, volume, volatility, and news.
 
·
Fixed Income Relative Value.  This strategy focuses on taking advantage of temporary pricing anomalies in, along, and between related instruments in interest rate and currency markets (both through direct trades and related derivative instruments).  Trades are often based on deviations from historical relationships, with the expectation of mean reversion over time or a catalyst generating the correction.  Trades can be directional or conditional in nature and are almost always expressed through derivative transactions, including futures, interest rate swaps, options, options on swaps and forwards.  Examples of such styles are discretionary trades focused on the shape and slope of yield curves and relative mis-pricings between rates within and between regions.
 
·
Systematic Relative Value.  This strategy employs a model driven approach to relative value trading within major global asset classes, including equities, interest rates, commodities and currencies.  Pricing anomalies are identified through fundamental, macro-economic, and technical analysis, while individual trades tend to focus on medium or long-term mean reversion, typically at the country or asset class level or between commodity classes.  Portfolio Managers employ a research intensive investment process in order to identify and analyze relevant drivers of markets and security prices which are then translated into signals/factors.  These signals are incorporated into the model through an integration process, and properly weighted to minimize factor correlation and limit concentration. Portfolio Managers dedicate significant resources to on-going research and development to enable continued identification of new alpha and risk factors, as well as to further enhance and refine portfolio optimization and trade execution processes.
 
·
Volatility Arbitrage.  This strategy involves seeking to exploit mis-pricings in volatility between options or between the relative volatility of options versus their underlying securities, primarily in equity and fixed income markets, but also in credit and currency markets.
 
 
21
 
 

 
 
Event-Driven
 
Event-driven strategies, a number of which are depicted below, involve investing in securities of firms currently or prospectively involved in a wide variety of corporate transactions where the investment thesis is predicated on the anticipated effect of a specific event.  Corporate events may include mergers, acquisitions and other situations which alter a company’s financial structure and operating strategy.
 
·
Credit – Event. This strategy involves investing in catalyst-driven opportunities created by significant events, such as spin-offs, mergers and acquisitions, industry consolidations, liquidations, reorganizations, bankruptcies, recapitalizations and share buybacks and other extraordinary corporate restructurings.  Trades are primarily expressed in the debt securities of companies, but may include all parts of a company’s capital structure including equity. This strategy also incorporates loan origination investments, which typically focus on providing asset-based loans, real estate-related investments, bridge financing, and mezzanine financing.  These transactions may include long-dated warrants to increase the lender’s total return.
 
·
Equity – Event.  This strategy focuses on catalyst-driven investment opportunities which may arise from a wide range of company-specific or industry-related events, legislative or regulatory changes, industry consolidations or other events.  Company-specific restructuring activities typically include buying or selling assets, entering into a new business or strategic initiative, leaving or discontinuing an existing business (including spin-offs and split-offs), or undergoing a change or reorganization of the capital structure, balance sheet or finances of the company.  In certain cases, the catalyst or motivation for corporate change may be external forces, such as activist investors.  This strategy also incorporates special situation investments, which generally involve deep fundamental analysis to identify mis-priced securities and may also include “value with a catalyst” type trades, top-down or thematic-oriented trades, and investments that may be more opportunistic in nature or longer in duration. 
 
·
Risk Arbitrage.  This strategy involves investing in securities of companies that are subject to publicly announced corporate events such as an acquisition, merger, divestiture, tender offer or exchange offer. Typically, the share price of the target company will trade at a discount to the purchase price offered by the acquiring company due to uncertainty regarding the successful completion of the transaction. Successful execution of the strategy requires the Portfolio Manager to assess the probability and likely timing of the proposed transaction being completed. The Portfolio Manager must then determine whether the spread between the offer price and the market price provides sufficient compensation for assuming the risk of the transaction failing to complete. In cash transactions, the Portfolio Manager purchases shares of the target company and may hedge market and/or sector risks. In the case of a share-for-share transaction, the Portfolio Manager will typically purchase shares of the target company and sell short shares of the acquiring company.  Where the Portfolio Manager feels a transaction is likely to fail, the trade will consist of a short position in the target company and long position in the acquiring company.
 
·
Stressed / Distressed Credit.  This strategy involves investing in securities of companies under financial stress or involved in formal bankruptcy proceedings.  While the strategy is predominantly oriented towards debt instruments, investments may be made across a company’s capital structure (including bank loans, bonds, subordinated debt and equity).  Derivatives such as credit default swaps and listed options may be used both for hedging purposes and to express risk.  In situations where a company is under financial stress, value is typically unlocked via an event such as the sale of assets or a refinancing.  Participation in restructuring and bankruptcy proceedings requires a more process-driven investment approach incorporating both financial and legal expertise.  Once the “fulcrum security” (the debt instrument most likely to convert to equity in a restructuring) is correctly identified Portfolio Managers can extract value from the legal process including participation on creditor committees and in court proceedings.
 
Equity / Long Short
 
Equity Long/Short strategies seek to identify equities that are trading under or over their perceived economic/intrinsic value.  These strategies are generally implemented by employing rigorous bottom up fundamental research to properly incorporate all available company specific news and information to determine if the market has under or over-discounted the fair value of a stock thereby presenting buying or selling opportunities.  These strategies include:
 
·
Equity (Long/Short – Long-Biased, Low Net & Variable Exposure).  This strategy employs rigorous fundamental and qualitative analysis with a broad investment scope.   The investment process generally includes evaluating company management, determining each company’s competitive position, and analyzing financial statements, valuation metrics, and earnings growth prospects.  Investment theses are based on a bottom-up company specific basis and expressed in long and/or short positions primarily in equities and equity derivatives.  This strategy is constrained with regards to net exposure, and may vary in terms of leverage usage, position concentration limits, and holding periods.
 
 
22
 
 

 
 
 
o  
Long-Biased. In Long-Biased funds, Portfolio Managers maintain a consistently net long market exposure, typically greater than 40% of net asset value.
 
o  
Low Net. In Low Net funds, Portfolio Managers maintain relatively consistent net market exposures in the range of negative -10% to positive +20% of net asset value.
 
o  
Variable Exposure. In Variable Exposure funds, Portfolio Managers can increase their net and gross exposure in an opportunistic and variable manner.  These Portfolio Managers can have exposure levels range anywhere from a net short position to a net long position. These Portfolio Managers do not have a structural net exposure tendency.
 
·
Equity (Long/Short - Sector/Region).  This strategy employs rigorous fundamental and qualitative research with a narrow investment scope, typically focused on specific sectors or regions.   The investment process generally includes evaluating company management, determining each company’s competitive position, and analyzing financial statements, valuation metrics, and earnings growth prospects.  Investment theses are based on a bottom-up company specific basis and expressed in long and/or short positions primarily in equities and equity derivatives.  The strategies are unconstrained with regards to net exposure, and may vary in their leverage employed, position concentration limits, and holding periods.  Portfolio Managers in this category seek to focus on a niche area where they have deep levels of expertise and can leverage a strong network of contacts to provide them with an informational edge.
 
Macro
 
Macro strategies (examples of which are depicted below) seek to analyze macroeconomic variables to identify dislocations and forecast future moves in global asset prices on an outright directional or relative value basis.  A variety of different trading and investing styles can be utilized to identify opportunities across an unconstrained universe of markets and products.
 
·
Discretionary Global. This strategy involves using fundamental and macroeconomic inputs to identify investment opportunities across a broad array of asset classes and geographies.  Certain Portfolio Managers may exhibit greater specialization in a particular asset class or region where they are able to leverage a greater informational advantage, given prior experience or mandate focus.  This strategy is often not market neutral and typically involves directional trades as well as relative value spread trades between related instruments.  Substantial investment and trading experience is needed to synthesize and reconcile large amounts of information to make largely qualitative assessments weighing a continuous flow of data that may further support or conflict with market views.  Given the diverse and potentially complex nature of the asset classes and instruments traded within this strategy, risk management, including the sizing and timing of building and exiting individual positions, is a critical component of this strategy.
 
·
CTA (Commodity Trading Advisors).  This is primarily a systematic strategy in which inputs to the models are predominantly technical in nature (price, volume, open interest, etc).  Generally trade signals are based on indicators such as moving averages, crossovers (oscillators), breakouts, relative strength indices (RSIs), and other chart/pattern based indicators.  The investment universe is typically limited to highly liquid exchange listed futures.  CTA strategies tend to be counter-cyclical to traditional markets and rely on momentum and market trends.
 
Tail Hedge
 
This strategy seeks to take on exposures that will rise in value during periods of market stress, and particularly during those types of events that are likely to have an adverse impact on the core strategies within a given portfolio.  Ideally, this class of funds will have a non-linear, option-like profile where a small premium is expended during flat or positive periods, and then exhibit a highly positively convex payout profile as market conditions deteriorate.  Tail hedges may be expressed via short equity or credit exposures, purchase of out-of-the-money put options, long volatility positions, being long “flight-to-safety” assets and spreads, and via trend following algorithms among others.
 
 
23
 
 

 
 
 
Tactical and Other Strategies
 
Portfolio Managers may invest in a variety of strategic and opportunistic investment strategies not captured above, such as arbitrage strategies, private placements, real estate-related investments and short-term trading opportunities.  Many of the Portfolio Managers have the discretion to invest in multiple strategies or to use combinations of the strategies summarized above.  The Adviser and the Portfolio Managers also have the discretion to invest in high quality fixed income securities, cash and cash equivalents.  The Adviser may, in its discretion, select Portfolio Managers who trade in non-U.S. markets and/or securities that are not U.S. dollar-denominated.
 
Negotiation of Terms
 
In some cases, the Adviser actively negotiates the terms of an investment with a Portfolio Manager.  The primary items that may be negotiated are management and incentive fees, liquidity and reporting transparency.  These revised terms are typically reflected in a “side letter” that modifies the generic offering terms.
 
Redemption of Investments
 
When determined to be appropriate, the Adviser will withdraw the Master Fund’s investment from a Portfolio Fund.  There may be certain limitations on the Master Fund’s ability to withdraw its assets from Portfolio Funds.  (See “Additional Risk Factors—Liquidity Risks.”)  These withdrawals can be for structural or strategic reasons (e.g., to emphasize a certain strategy based on market conditions) or for specific reasons (e.g., strategy/style drift; departure of key personnel; underperformance relative to peers or relative to expectations).  Withdrawals may also be made to fund repurchase requests.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
The identity and number of Portfolio Managers will change over time.  The Adviser may withdraw from or invest in Portfolio Funds in its discretion.  The retention of a Sub-Manager to manage a Portfolio Account is subject to the approval of the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board, including a majority of the persons comprising the board of managers of each of the Fund and the Master Fund who are not “interested persons,” as defined by the 1940 Act, of the Fund or the Master Fund.  It is also subject to the approval of the Adviser.  The retention of a Sub-Manager will in such cases also be subject to approval by investors in the Fund, unless the Fund seeks and obtains an order of the SEC exempting the Fund from this requirement.  The Master Fund’s participation in any Portfolio Account arrangement will be subject to the requirement that the Sub-Manager be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s contractual arrangements with the Sub-Manager will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act applicable to investment advisory contracts.  The termination of Portfolio Managers and the addition of Portfolio Managers that do not manage Portfolio Accounts do not require the approval of investors in the Fund.
 
Certain of the Portfolio Managers chosen for the Master Fund’s portfolio may be registered as investment advisers under the Advisers Act, or similar state statutes.  The Adviser does not require any Portfolio Managers it selects for the Fund or the Master Fund to be so registered.  
 
Borrowing; Use of Leverage
 
The Fund and the Master Fund generally do not expect to engage in borrowings other than on a short-term or temporary basis.  Portfolio Funds generally are permitted to borrow money for a variety of purposes.  The use of borrowings for investment purposes is known as “leverage” and involves a high degree of risk.  Any borrowings for investment purposes (other than on a short-term or temporary basis) by the Fund or the Master Fund would be made solely for Portfolio Accounts and are not a principal investment strategy of the Fund or the Master Fund.  The investment programs of certain Portfolio Managers may make extensive use of leverage.
 
The Fund and the Master Fund are subject to the 1940 Act requirement that an investment company satisfy an asset coverage requirement of 300% of its indebtedness, including amounts borrowed, measured at the time the investment company incurs the indebtedness (the “Asset Coverage Requirement”).  This means that the value of the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s total indebtedness may not exceed one-third the value of their total assets (including such indebtedness).  These limits do not apply to the Portfolio Funds (except for Portfolio Funds that are registered under the 1940 Act) and, therefore, the Master Fund’s and, thus, the Fund’s portfolio may be exposed to the risk of highly leveraged investment programs of certain Portfolio Funds.  (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors—Leverage.”)  The Asset Coverage Requirement applies to borrowings by the Fund, as well as to other transactions by the Fund and the Master Fund that can be deemed to result in the creation of a “senior security.”  Generally, in conjunction with investment positions for the Fund and the Master Fund that are deemed to constitute senior securities, the Fund and the Master Fund must: (i) observe the Asset Coverage Requirement; (ii) maintain daily a segregated account in cash or liquid securities at such a level that the amount segregated plus any amounts pledged to a broker as collateral will equal the current value of the position; or (iii) otherwise cover the investment position with offsetting portfolio securities.  Segregation of assets or covering investment positions with offsetting portfolio securities may limit the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s ability to otherwise invest those assets or dispose of those securities.  The Fund’s and the Master Fund’s ability to pay dividends (other than in Units) or make any other distributions with respect to, or any repurchases of, its Units will be restricted in the event the Asset Coverage Requirement is not met.
 
 
24
 
 

 
 
 
 
INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RELATED RISK FACTORS
 
General
 
All investments made by the Fund and the Master Fund risk the loss of capital. The Portfolio Managers may utilize such investment techniques as margin transactions, short sales, option transactions and forward and futures contracts, which practices can, in certain circumstances, maximize the adverse impact to which the Fund, through the Master Fund, may be subject.  No guarantee or representation is made that the Fund’s or the Master Fund’s program will be successful, and investment results may vary substantially over time.  (See “Investment Program.”)
 
This section discusses the types of financial instruments that are used by Portfolio Managers, the types of investment practices that may be used and the risk factors associated with these instruments and practices.  The impact of a particular risk on a Portfolio Fund will, in turn, have a corresponding impact on the Master Fund and, therefore, the Fund.
 
PAST RESULTS OF THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS SELECTED BY THE ADVISER ARE NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE.  NO ASSURANCE CAN BE MADE THAT PROFITS WILL BE ACHIEVED OR THAT SUBSTANTIAL LOSSES WILL NOT BE INCURRED.
 
Equity Securities
 
Portfolio Funds’ investments may include long and short positions in common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities of U.S. and foreign issuers.  Portfolio Funds also may invest in depositary receipts relating to foreign securities.  (See “Foreign Securities” below.)  Equity securities fluctuate in value, often based on factors unrelated to the value of the issuer of the securities, and such fluctuations can be pronounced.
 
Portfolio Managers may invest in equity securities without restriction as to market capitalization, such as those issued by smaller capitalization companies, including micro cap companies.  The prices of the securities of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies because these securities typically are traded in lower volume and the issuers typically are subject to greater changes in earnings and prospects.  Portfolio Managers may purchase securities in all available securities trading markets.
 
Common Stocks.  Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits, if any, of the entity without preference over any other shareholder or claim of shareholders, after making required payments to holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior securities.  Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.
 
Preferred Stocks.  Preferred stock generally has a preference as to dividends, and upon the event of liquidation, a preference over an issuer’s common stock, but ranks junior to debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure.  Preferred stock generally pays dividends in cash (or additional shares of preferred stock) at a defined rate, but unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors.  Dividends on preferred stock may be cumulative, meaning that, in the event the issuer fails to make one or more dividend payments on the preferred stock, no dividends may be paid on the issuer’s common stock until all unpaid preferred stock dividends have been paid.  Preferred stock may also be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
 
Convertible Securities.  Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula.  A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.  Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics, in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (2) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed-income characteristics and (3) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
 
The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock).  The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline.  The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value.  The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock.  If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value.  Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.  To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value.  A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security.
 
 
25
 
 

 
 
 
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.  If a convertible security held by a Portfolio Fund is called for redemption, a Portfolio Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.  Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on a Portfolio Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, which, in turn, could result in losses to the Fund.
 
Bonds and Other Fixed-Income Securities
 
Portfolio Funds may invest in bonds and other fixed-income securities.  Portfolio Managers will invest in these securities when they offer opportunities for capital appreciation and may also invest in these securities for temporary defensive purposes and to maintain liquidity.
 
Fixed-income securities include, among other securities: bonds, notes and debentures issued by corporations; debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Securities”) or by a foreign government; municipal securities; and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.  These securities may pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest, and may include zero coupon obligations.  Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on its obligations (i.e., credit risk) and are subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (i.e., market risk).
 
Portfolio Managers may invest in both investment grade and non-investment grade debt securities.  Investment grade debt securities are securities that have received a rating from at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) in one of the four highest rating categories or, if not rated by any NRSRO, have been determined by a Portfolio Manager to be of comparable quality.  Non-investment grade debt securities (typically called “junk bonds”) are securities that have received a rating from an NRSRO of below investment grade or have been given no rating, and are considered by the NRSRO to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  Non-investment grade debt securities in the lowest rating categories may involve a substantial risk of default or may be in default.  Adverse changes in economic conditions or developments regarding the individual issuer are more likely to cause price volatility and weaken the capacity of the issuers of non-investment grade debt securities to make principal and interest payments than is the case for higher grade debt securities.  An economic downturn affecting an issuer of non-investment grade debt securities may result in an increased incidence of default.  In addition, the market for lower grade debt securities may be thinner and less active than for higher grade debt securities.
 
Foreign Securities
 
Portfolio Managers may invest in securities of foreign issuers and in depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), that represent indirect interests in securities of foreign issuers.  Foreign securities in which Portfolio Managers may invest may be listed on foreign securities exchanges or traded in foreign over-the-counter markets.  Investments in foreign securities are affected by risk factors generally not thought to be present in the U.S.  These factors include, but are not limited to, the following: varying custody, brokerage and settlement practices; difficulty in pricing; less public information about issuers of foreign securities; less governmental regulation and supervision over the issuance and trading of securities than in the U.S.; the unavailability of financial information regarding the foreign issuer or the difficulty of interpreting financial information prepared under foreign accounting standards; less liquidity and more volatility in foreign securities markets; the possibility of expropriation or nationalization; the imposition of withholding and other taxes; adverse political, social or diplomatic developments; limitations on the movement of funds or other assets of a Portfolio Fund between different countries; difficulties in invoking legal process abroad and enforcing contractual obligations; and the difficulty of assessing economic trends in foreign countries.  Moreover, governmental issuers of foreign securities may be unwilling to repay principal and interest due, and may require that the conditions for payment be renegotiated.  Investment in foreign countries also involves higher brokerage and custodian expenses than does investment in domestic securities.
 
 
26
 
 

 
 
 
Other risks of investing in foreign securities include changes in currency exchange rates (in the case of securities that are not denominated in U.S. dollars) and currency exchange control regulations or other foreign or U.S. laws or restrictions, or devaluations of foreign currencies.  A decline in the exchange rate would reduce the value of certain of a Portfolio Fund’s foreign currency denominated portfolio securities irrespective of the performance of the underlying investment.  In addition, a Portfolio Fund may incur costs in connection with conversion between various currencies.  The foregoing risks may be greater in emerging and less developed countries.  (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors—Emerging Market Investments.”)
 
A Portfolio Fund may enter into forward currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) for hedging purposes and non-hedging purposes to pursue its investment objective.  Forward contracts are transactions involving a Portfolio Fund’s obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a specified price.  Forward contracts may be used by a Portfolio Fund for hedging purposes to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates, such as when a Portfolio Fund anticipates purchasing or selling a foreign security.  This technique would allow the Portfolio Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security.  Forward contracts may also be used to attempt to protect the value of a Portfolio Fund’s existing holdings of foreign securities.  There may be, however, imperfect correlation between a Portfolio Fund’s foreign securities holdings and the forward contracts entered into with respect to those holdings.  Forward contracts may also be used for non-hedging purposes to pursue a Portfolio Fund’s investment objective, such as when a Portfolio Manager anticipates that particular foreign currencies will appreciate or depreciate in value, even though securities denominated in those currencies are not then held in the Portfolio Fund’s investment portfolio.  There is no requirement that the Portfolio Funds hedge all or any portion of their exposure to foreign currency risks.
 
Non-Diversified Status
 
The Fund and the Master Fund are “non-diversified” investment companies.  Thus, there are no percentage limitations imposed by the 1940 Act on the percentage of their assets that may be invested in the securities of any one issuer.  Also, there generally are no requirements that the investments of Portfolio Funds be diversified.  The portfolio of the Master Fund may, therefore, be subject to greater risk than the portfolio of a similar fund that diversifies its investments.  To address this risk, the Master Fund will not invest more than 20% of its net asset value (measured at the time an investment is made) in the investment program of any single Portfolio Manager.  The Adviser believes that this approach can help to reduce overall investment risk.
 
Leverage
 
Some or all of the Portfolio Managers may make margin purchases of securities and, in that regard, can borrow money from brokers and banks for investment purposes.  This practice, which is known as “leverage,” is speculative and involves certain risks.  The Fund and the Master Fund may also borrow money as discussed under “Investment Program—Borrowing; Use of Leverage.”
 
Trading equity securities on margin involves an initial cash requirement representing at least 50% of the underlying security’s value with respect to transactions in U.S. markets and varying (typically lower) percentages with respect to transactions in foreign markets.  Borrowings to purchase equity securities typically will be secured by the pledge of those securities.  The financing of securities purchases may also be effected through reverse repurchase agreements with banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
 
Although leverage can increase investment return if a Portfolio Fund earns a greater return on investments purchased with borrowed funds than it pays for the use of those funds, the use of leverage will decrease investment return if a Portfolio Fund fails to earn as much on investments purchased with borrowed funds as it pays for the use of those funds.  The use of leverage will therefore magnify the volatility of changes in the value of investments held by Portfolio Funds that engage in this practice.  In the event that a Portfolio Fund’s equity or debt instruments decline in value, the Portfolio Fund could be subject to a “margin call” or “collateral call,” pursuant to which the Portfolio Fund must either deposit additional collateral with the lender or suffer mandatory liquidation of the pledged securities to compensate for the decline in value.  In the event of a sudden, precipitous drop in value of a Portfolio Fund’s assets, the Portfolio Manager might not be able to liquidate assets quickly enough to pay off the Portfolio Fund’s borrowing.  Money borrowed for leveraging will be subject to interest costs that may or may not be recovered by return on the securities purchased.  Portfolio Funds also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with borrowings or to pay commitment or other fees to maintain lines of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.  These risks are magnified under circumstances where the Fund or the Master Fund engages in permissible borrowing transactions as discussed in “Investment Program—Borrowing; Use of Leverage.”
 
Short Sales
 
Some or all of the Portfolio Managers may attempt to limit a Portfolio Fund’s exposure to a possible market decline in the value of its portfolio securities through short sales of securities that the Portfolio Manager believes possess volatility characteristics similar to those being hedged.  In addition, Portfolio Managers may use short sales for non-hedging purposes to pursue their investment objectives.  For example, a Portfolio Fund may effect a short sale of a security if, in the Portfolio Manager’s view, the security is over-valued in relation to the issuer’s prospects for growth.
 
 
27
 
 

 
 
 
To effect a short sale, a Portfolio Fund will borrow a security from a brokerage firm to make delivery to the buyer.  The Portfolio Fund is then obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement.  The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Portfolio Fund, which would result in a loss or gain, respectively.  This investment technique is considered speculative.  A short sale of a security involves the risk of an unlimited increase in the market price of the security which could result in an inability to cover the short position and thus a theoretically unlimited loss.  There can be no assurance that securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase.
 
Repurchase Agreements
 
Repurchase agreements are agreements under which a Portfolio Fund or the Fund purchases securities from a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, a foreign bank or a securities dealer that agrees to repurchase the securities from the Portfolio Fund at a higher price on a designated future date.  If the seller under a repurchase agreement becomes insolvent, the Portfolio Fund’s right to dispose of the securities may be restricted, or the value of the securities may decline before the Portfolio Fund is able to dispose of them.  In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the securities before the repurchase of the securities under a repurchase agreement is accomplished, the Portfolio Fund may encounter a delay and incur costs, including a decline in the value of the securities, before being able to sell the securities.  If the seller defaults, the value of the securities may decline before the Portfolio Fund is able to dispose of them.  If a Portfolio Fund enters into a repurchase agreement that is subject to foreign law and the other party defaults, the Portfolio Fund may not enjoy protections comparable to those provided to certain repurchase agreements under U.S. bankruptcy law, and may suffer delays and losses in disposing of the collateral as a result.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
 
Reverse repurchase agreements are a form of borrowing that involves a sale of a security by a Portfolio Fund to a bank or securities dealer and the Portfolio Fund’s simultaneous agreement to repurchase that security for a fixed price (reflecting a market rate of interest) on a specific date.  These transactions involve a risk that the other party to a reverse repurchase agreement will be unable or unwilling to complete the transaction as scheduled, which may result in losses to the Portfolio Fund.  Reverse repurchase transactions are a form of leverage and may increase the volatility of a Portfolio Fund’s investment portfolio.
 
Foreign Currency Transactions
 
Portfolio Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions for a variety of purposes, including to fix in U.S. dollars, between trade and settlement date, the value of a security a Portfolio Fund has agreed to buy or sell, or to hedge the U.S. dollar value of securities the Portfolio Fund already owns, particularly if a Portfolio Manager expects a decrease in the value of the currency in which the foreign security is denominated.  Portfolio Funds may, in some cases, purchase and sell foreign currency for non-hedging purposes.
 
Foreign currency transactions may involve the purchase of foreign currencies for U.S. dollars or the maintenance of short positions in foreign currencies, which would involve a Portfolio Fund agreeing to exchange an amount of a currency it did not currently own for another currency at a future date in anticipation of a decline in the value of the currency sold relative to the currency the Portfolio Fund contracted to receive in the exchange.  A Portfolio Manager’s success in these transactions will depend principally on its ability to predict accurately the future exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar.
 
Money Market Instruments
 
Portfolio Managers may, for defensive purposes or otherwise, invest some or all of a Portfolio Fund’s assets in high quality fixed-income securities, money market instruments, and money market mutual funds, or hold cash or cash equivalents in such amounts as the Portfolio Manager deems appropriate under the circumstances.  The Fund and the Master Fund also may invest in these instruments for liquidity purposes.  Money market instruments are high quality, short-term fixed-income obligations, which generally have remaining maturities of one year or less, and may include U.S. Government Securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of United States banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and repurchase agreements.
 
Purchasing Initial Public Offerings
 
Portfolio Managers may purchase securities of companies in initial public offerings or shortly thereafter.  Special risks associated with these securities may include a limited number of shares available for trading, unseasoned trading, lack of investor knowledge of the issuer and limited operating history.  These factors may contribute to substantial price volatility for the shares of these companies and, thus, for Units.  The limited number of shares available for trading in some initial public offerings may make it more difficult for a Portfolio Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices.  In addition, some companies in initial public offerings are involved in relatively new industries or lines of business, which may not be widely understood by investors.  Some of these companies may be undercapitalized or regarded as developmental stage companies, without revenues or operating income, or the near-term prospects of achieving them.
 
 
28
 
 

 
 
 
Special Investment Instruments and Techniques
 
Portfolio Managers may utilize a variety of special investment instruments and techniques (described below) to hedge the portfolios of the Portfolio Funds against various risks (such as changes in interest rates or other factors that affect security values) or for non-hedging purposes to pursue a Portfolio Fund’s investment objective.  These strategies may be executed through derivative transactions.  The instruments the Portfolio Managers may use and the particular manner in which they may be used may change over time as new instruments and techniques are developed or regulatory changes occur.  Certain of the special investment instruments and techniques that the Portfolio Managers may use are speculative and involve a high degree of risk, particularly in the context of non-hedging transactions.
 
Derivatives.  Some or all of the Portfolio Managers may invest in, or enter into, derivatives (“Derivatives”).  These are financial instruments which derive their performance, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset, index or interest rate.  Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of the particular Derivative and the portfolio as a whole.  Derivatives permit a Portfolio Manager to increase or decrease the level of risk of an investment portfolio, or change the character of the risk, to which an investment portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the Portfolio Manager can increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, of an investment portfolio by making investments in specific securities.
 
Derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in Derivatives could have a large potential impact on a Portfolio Fund’s performance.
 
If a Portfolio Manager invests in Derivatives at inopportune times or judges market conditions incorrectly, such investments may lower a Portfolio Fund’s return and result in a loss.  A Portfolio Fund also could experience losses if Derivatives are poorly correlated with its other investments, or if a Portfolio Manager is unable to liquidate its position because of an illiquid secondary market.  The market for many Derivatives is, or suddenly can become, illiquid.  Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices for Derivatives.
 
Options and Futures.  Portfolio Managers may utilize options and futures contracts.  They also may use so-called “synthetic” options or other derivative instruments written by broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries.  Options transactions may be effected on securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market.  When options are purchased over-the-counter, a Portfolio Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract.  Such options may also be illiquid and, in such cases, a Portfolio Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.  Over-the-counter options purchased and sold by the Portfolio Funds also may include options on baskets of specific securities.
 
Portfolio Managers may purchase call and put options on specific securities, and may write and sell covered or uncovered call and put options for hedging purposes and non-hedging purposes to pursue their investment objectives.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying security at a stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option.  Similarly, a call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying security at a stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option.  A covered call option is a call option with respect to which a Portfolio Fund owns the underlying security.  The sale of such an option exposes a Portfolio Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or to possible continued holding of a security that might otherwise have been sold to protect against depreciation in the market price of the security.  A covered put option is a put option with respect to which cash or liquid securities have been placed in a segregated account on a Portfolio Fund’s books to fulfill the obligation undertaken.  The sale of such an option exposes a Portfolio Fund during the term of the option to a decline in the price of the underlying security while depriving the Portfolio Fund of the opportunity to invest the segregated assets.
 
A Portfolio Manager may close out a position when writing options by purchasing an option on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option that it has previously written on the security.  A Portfolio Fund will realize a profit or loss if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof.  To close out a position as a purchaser of an option, a Portfolio Manager would ordinarily make a similar “closing sale transaction,” which involves liquidating the Portfolio Fund’s position by selling the option previously purchased, although the Portfolio Manager would be entitled to exercise the option should it deem it advantageous to do so.
 
 
29
 
 

 
 
 
Portfolio Managers may enter into futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets or on exchanges located outside the United States.  Foreign markets may offer advantages such as trading opportunities or arbitrage possibilities not available in the United States.  Foreign markets, however, may have greater risk potential than domestic markets.  For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and an investor may look only to the broker for performance of the contract.  In addition, any profits a Portfolio Fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes in the exchange rate, or a Portfolio Fund could incur losses as a result of those changes.  Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both commodities which are traded on domestic exchanges and those which are not.  Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
Engaging in these transactions involves risk of loss to the Portfolio Funds which could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s net assets.  No assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time.  Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day.  Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting the Portfolio Funds to substantial losses.
 
Successful use of futures also is subject to the Portfolio Manager’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the relevant market and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the futures contract.
 
Pursuant to regulations or published positions of the SEC, a Sub-Manager may be required to segregate permissible liquid assets in connection with its commodities transactions in an amount generally equal to the value of the underlying commodity.  The segregation of such assets will have the effect of limiting the Sub-Manager’s ability otherwise to invest those assets.
 
Portfolio Managers may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts for the Portfolio Funds.  A stock index future obligates a Portfolio Fund to pay or receive an amount of cash equal to a fixed dollar amount specified in the futures contract multiplied by the difference between the settlement price of the contract on the contract’s last trading day and the value of the index based on the stock prices of the securities that comprise it at the opening of trading in such securities on the next business day.
 
Portfolio Managers may purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts for the Portfolio Funds.  An interest rate future obligates a Portfolio Fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific debt security at a future date at a specific price.
 
Portfolio Managers may purchase and sell currency futures.  A currency future obligates a Portfolio Fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific currency at a future date at a specific price.
 
Call and Put Options on Securities Indices.  Portfolio Funds may purchase and sell call and put options on stock indices listed on national securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market for hedging purposes and non-hedging purposes to pursue their investment objective.  A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index.  Accordingly, successful use by a Portfolio Manager of options on stock indexes will be subject to the Portfolio Manager’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry or market segment.  This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
 
Warrants and Rights.  Portfolio Funds may purchase warrants and rights.  Warrants are derivative instruments that permit, but do not obligate, the holder to subscribe for other securities or commodities.  Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a shorter duration and are offered or distributed to shareholders of a company.  Warrants and rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle the holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer.  As a result, warrants and rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of equity-like securities.  In addition, the values of warrants and rights do not necessarily change with the values of the underlying securities or commodities and these instruments cease to have value if they are not exercised prior to their expiration dates.
 
Swap Agreements.  Portfolio Funds may enter into equity, interest rate, index and currency rate swap agreements.  These transactions are entered into in an attempt to obtain a particular return when it is considered desirable to do so, possibly at a lower cost than if a Portfolio Fund had invested directly in the asset that yielded the desired return.  Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than a year.  In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor.  The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index.  Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent interest rates exceed a specified rate or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent interest rates fall below a specified level or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
 
 
30
 
 

 
 
 
Most swap agreements entered into by Portfolio Funds would require the calculation of the obligations of the parties to the agreements on a “net basis.”  Consequently, a Portfolio Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”).  The risk of loss with respect to swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that a Portfolio Fund is contractually obligated to make.  If the other party to a swap defaults, a Portfolio Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Portfolio Fund contractually is entitled to receive.
 
In implementing the Fund’s investment strategy, the Fund does not intend to qualify for an exemption from registration as a commodity pool under the recently revised Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) Rule 4.5.  Accordingly, the Fund will be a commodity pool under the Commodity Exchange Act of 1974, as amended (the “CEA”) and the Adviser has applied for registration as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA.  Unless the CFTC’s and SEC’s overlapping regulations on matters such as disclosure, reporting and recordkeeping are harmonized, the nature and extent of the impact of the new CFTC requirements on the Fund is currently uncertain.  Compliance with the CFTC’s new regulatory requirements (on top of the SEC’s registration and compliance burdens) could increase Fund expenses, adversely affecting the Fund’s total return.
 
Forward Trading.  Forward contracts and options thereon, unlike futures contracts, are not traded on exchanges and are not standardized; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets, negotiating each transaction on an individual basis.  Forward and “cash” trading is substantially unregulated; there is no limitation on daily price movements and speculative position limits are not applicable.  The principals who deal in the forward markets are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies or commodities they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity, sometimes of significant duration.  There have been periods during which certain participants in these markets have refused to quote prices for certain currencies or commodities or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which they were prepared to buy and that at which they were prepared to sell.  Disruptions can occur in any market traded by a Portfolio Manager due to unusually high trading volume, political intervention or other factors.  The imposition of controls by governmental authorities might also limit such forward (and futures) trading to less than that which the Portfolio Managers would otherwise recommend, to the possible detriment of the Fund.  Market illiquidity or disruption could result in major losses to the Fund.  In addition, managed accounts or investment funds in which the Portfolio Fund has an interest may be exposed to credit risks with regard to counterparties with whom the Portfolio Managers trade as well as risks relating to settlement default.  Such risks could result in substantial losses to the Fund.  To the extent possible, the Adviser will endeavor to select Portfolio Managers that it believes will deal only with counterparties that are creditworthy and reputable institutions, but such counterparties may not be rated investment grade.
 
Emerging Market Investments.  A Portfolio Manager may invest in securities of companies based in emerging countries or issued by the governments of such countries.  Investing in securities of certain of such countries and companies involves certain considerations not usually associated with investing in securities of developed countries or of companies located in developed countries, including political and economic considerations, such as greater risks of expropriation, nationalization and general social, political and economic instability; the small size of the securities markets in such countries and the low volume of trading, resulting in potential lack of liquidity and in substantially greater price volatility; fluctuations in the rate of exchange between currencies and costs associated with currency conversion; certain government policies that may restrict a Portfolio Manager’s investment opportunities; and problems that may arise in connection with the clearance and settlement of trades.  In addition, accounting and financial reporting standards that prevail in certain of such countries generally are not equivalent to standards in more developed countries and, consequently, less information is available to investors in companies located in these countries than is available to investors in companies located in more developed countries.  There is also less regulation, generally, in emerging countries designed to protect investors than there is in more developed countries.  Placing securities with a custodian in an emerging country may also present considerable risks.
 
 
31
 
 

 
 
 
Lending Portfolio Securities
 
Portfolio Funds may lend securities held in their portfolios to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions needing to borrow securities to complete certain transactions.  The lending Portfolio Fund continues to be entitled to payments in amounts equal to the interest, dividends or other distributions payable on the loaned securities which affords it an opportunity to earn interest on the amount of the loan and on the loaned securities’ collateral.  Loans of portfolio securities by a Sub-Manager may not exceed 33-1/3% of the value of a Portfolio Account’s total assets, and, in respect of such transactions, the Portfolio Account will receive collateral consisting of cash, U.S. Government Securities or irrevocable letters of credit which will be maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities.  A Portfolio Fund might experience loss if the institution with which the Portfolio Fund has engaged in a portfolio loan transaction breaches its agreement with the Portfolio Fund.
 
When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities
 
Portfolio Managers may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis in order to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices.  These transactions involve a commitment by a Portfolio Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily one or two months later).  The price of the underlying securities, which is generally expressed in terms of yield, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities takes place at a later date.  No income accrues on securities that have been purchased pursuant to a forward commitment or on a when-issued basis prior to delivery to the Portfolio Fund.  When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date.  If a Portfolio Fund disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it may incur a gain or loss.  These transactions, when effected by the Master Fund and by a Portfolio Account managed by a Sub-Manager, will be subject to the Master Fund’s limitation on indebtedness unless, at the time the transaction is entered into, a segregated account consisting of cash, U.S. Government Securities or liquid securities equal to the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities is established and maintained.  There is a risk that securities purchased on a when-issued basis may not be delivered and that the purchaser of securities sold by a Portfolio Fund on a forward basis will not honor its purchase obligation.  In such cases, a Portfolio Fund may incur a loss.
 
Restricted and Illiquid Investments
 
Portfolio Funds may invest in restricted securities and other investments which are illiquid.  Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, or, if they are unregistered, may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration.
 
Further, from time to time, certain Portfolio Managers may allocate certain Portfolio Fund assets (which generally are illiquid) to special investment accounts within the particular Portfolio Fund managed by the Portfolio Manager (i.e., “side pockets” or “special investment accounts”).  Generally, the Portfolio Funds will not be able to withdraw their interest in such side pockets or special investment accounts until they are disposed of by the Portfolio Manager.  The market prices, if any, for illiquid securities tend to be volatile and a Portfolio Fund may not be able to sell them when it desires to do so or to realize what it perceives to be their fair value in the event of a sale.
 
Where registration is required to sell a security, a Portfolio Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the decision to sell and the time the Portfolio Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement.  If, during such period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Portfolio Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.  For Portfolio Accounts that are managed by a Sub-Manager, restricted securities for which no market exists and other illiquid investments are valued at fair value, as determined in accordance with procedures approved and periodically reviewed by the Board of Managers and by the Master Fund Board.  Portfolio Funds may be unable to sell restricted and other illiquid securities at the most opportune times or at prices approximating the value at which they purchased such securities.
 
In addition, the Master Fund’s interests in unregistered Portfolio Funds are themselves illiquid and subject to substantial restrictions on transfer.  The Master Fund may liquidate an interest and withdraw from an unregistered Portfolio Fund pursuant to limited withdrawal rights.  The illiquidity of these interests may adversely affect the Master Fund if it is unable to withdraw its investment in a Portfolio Fund promptly after it determines to do so.  (See “Additional Risk Factors—Liquidity Risks.”)
 
 
32
 
 

 
 
 
 
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS
 
Incentive Allocation
 
The Portfolio Managers may receive compensation based on performance-based allocations, expected to range from 15% to 25% of net profits.  Such compensation arrangements may create an incentive for the Portfolio Manager to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case if such arrangements were not in effect.  In addition, because the performance-based allocation will be calculated on a basis that includes realized and unrealized appreciation of a Portfolio Fund’s assets, the performance-based allocation may be greater than if it were based solely on realized gains.  Additionally, although the gains on which the fee or allocation is calculated may never be realized, the Portfolio Manager generally has no obligation to refund any performance fees that have been paid based on unrealized gains.
 
Liquidity Risks
 
Units will not be traded on any securities exchange or other market and will be subject to substantial restrictions on transfer.  No Member will have the right to require the Fund to redeem its Units in the Fund.  Although the Fund will offer to repurchase Units from time to time, a Member may not be able to liquidate its Units for up to two years.  The Adviser currently expects that it will recommend to the Board of Managers that the Fund offer to repurchase Units from Members four times each year, as of the last day of each calendar quarter.  (See “Redemptions, Repurchases of Units and Transfers.”)
 
Limitations on the Master Fund’s ability to withdraw its assets from Portfolio Funds may limit the Fund’s ability to repurchase Units.  For example, many Portfolio Funds impose lock-up periods prior to allowing withdrawals, which can be two years or longer from the date of the Master Fund’s investment.  After expiration of the lock-up period, withdrawals typically are permitted only on a limited basis, such as semi-annually or annually.  Additionally, certain Portfolio Funds may amend their liquidity provisions or otherwise further restrict the Master Fund’s ability to make withdrawals from those Portfolio Funds.  Because the primary source of funds to repurchase Units will be withdrawals from Portfolio Funds, the application of these lock-ups and other withdrawal limitations will significantly limit the Fund’s ability to tender for repurchase its units in the Master Fund.
 
Counterparty Credit Risk
 
Many of the markets in which the Portfolio Managers effect their transactions are “over-the-counter” or “inter-dealer” markets.  The participants in these markets are typically not subject to credit evaluation and regulatory oversight as are members of “exchange based” markets.  To the extent a Portfolio Fund enters into swaps or transactions in derivatives or synthetic instruments, or other over-the-counter transactions, it is assuming a credit risk with regard to parties with which it trades and may also bear the risk of settlement default.  These risks may differ materially from those associated with transactions effected on an exchange, which generally are backed by clearing organization guarantees, daily marking-to-market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries.  Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections.  This exposes a Portfolio Fund to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, thus causing the Portfolio Fund to suffer a loss.  Such counterparty risk is accentuated in the case of contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where a Portfolio Fund has concentrated its transactions with a single or small group of counterparties.  Portfolio Funds are not restricted from dealing with any particular counterparty or from concentrating any or all of their transactions with one counterparty.  The ability of Portfolio Funds to transact business with any one or number of counterparties, the lack of any independent evaluation of such counterparties’ financial capabilities and the absence of a regulated market to facilitate settlement may increase the potential for losses by the Fund.
 
Special Risks of Hedge Fund Investing and a Multi-Manager Structure
 
The Adviser invests assets of the Master Fund through the Portfolio Managers.  The success of the Master Fund and, thus, the Fund depend upon the ability of the Adviser and the Portfolio Managers to develop and implement investment strategies that achieve the Fund’s investment objective.  For example, a Portfolio Manager’s inability to effectively hedge an investment strategy that it utilizes may cause the assets of the Master Fund invested with such Portfolio Manager to significantly decline in value and could result in substantial losses to the Fund.  Moreover, subjective decisions made by the Adviser and/or the Portfolio Managers may cause the Master Fund to incur losses or to miss profit opportunities on which it may otherwise have capitalized.
 
 
33
 
 

 
 
 
Investments in Unregistered Portfolio Funds.  The Portfolio Funds generally will not be registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act.  Therefore, with respect to its investments in Portfolio Funds, the Master Fund will not have the benefit of the protections afforded by the 1940 Act to investors in registered investment companies, such as the limitations applicable to the use of leverage and the requirements concerning custody of assets, composition of boards of managers and approvals of investment advisory arrangements.
 
There is also a risk that a Portfolio Manager could convert to its own use assets committed to it by the Master Fund or that a custodian could convert to its own use assets committed to it by a Portfolio Manager.  There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Managers or the entities they manage will comply with all applicable laws and that assets entrusted to the Portfolio Managers will be protected.
 
Reliance on Information Provided by Portfolio Managers.  The Master Fund relies primarily on information provided by Portfolio Managers in valuing its investments in Portfolio Funds.  There is a risk that inaccurate valuations provided by Portfolio Managers could adversely affect the value of Units and, therefore, the amounts Members receive upon the repurchase of Units.  Because Portfolio Funds provide net asset value information to the Master Fund on a monthly basis and do not generally provide detailed information on their investment positions, except on an annual basis, the Master Fund generally will not be able to determine the fair value of its investments in Portfolio Funds or its net asset value other than as of the end of each month and may not be able to verify valuation information given to the Master Fund by Portfolio Managers (except in the case of Portfolio Accounts).  A Portfolio Manager may use proprietary investment strategies that are not fully disclosed, which may involve risks under some market conditions that are not anticipated by the Adviser.  There can be no assurance that a Portfolio Manager will provide advance notice of any material change in a Portfolio Fund’s investment program or policies and thus, the Master Fund’s investment portfolio may be subject to additional risks which may not be promptly identified by the Adviser.
 
For the Fund to provide an audited annual report to Members, it must receive information on a timely basis from the Master Fund which, in turn, receives such information from the Portfolio Managers.  A Portfolio Manager’s delay in providing this information could delay the preparation of the Fund’s annual report.
 
Additional Fees and Expenses.  An investor who meets the conditions imposed by the Portfolio Managers, including minimum initial investment requirements that may be substantially higher than those imposed by the Fund, could invest directly with the Portfolio Managers.  By investing in the Portfolio Funds indirectly through the Fund, an investor bears a pro rata portion of the asset-based fee and other expenses of the Fund, and also indirectly bears a pro rata portion of the asset-based fees, performance-based allocations and other expenses borne by the Master Fund as an investor in Portfolio Funds.
 
The fees and other expenses borne directly and indirectly by the Master Fund, including those fees, expenses and performance-based allocations that are borne by the Master Fund as an investor in Portfolio Funds or Portfolio Accounts, are higher than those of most other registered investment companies.
 
The Master Fund, as an investor in a Portfolio Fund, may be required to indemnify the Portfolio Fund and its Portfolio Manager from liability, damage, cost or expense arising out of various matters where the Portfolio Fund or Portfolio Manager has been adversely affected by the Master Fund’s actions or has incurred liabilities arising from the Master Fund’s actions.  In addition, the Master Fund may agree to indemnify the Portfolio Manager of a Portfolio Account for certain matters, subject to any applicable limitations imposed by the 1940 Act.
 
Independent Portfolio Managers.  Each Portfolio Manager will receive any performance-based allocations to which it is entitled irrespective of the performance of the other Portfolio Managers generally.  Thus, a Portfolio Manager with positive performance may receive compensation from the Master Fund, and thus indirectly from investors in the Fund, even if the Master Fund’s overall returns are negative.  Investment decisions of the Portfolio Funds are made by the Portfolio Managers independently of each other.  As a result, at any particular time, one Portfolio Fund may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another Portfolio Fund.  Consequently, the Master Fund could directly or indirectly incur certain transaction costs without accomplishing any net investment result.
 
Liquidity Implications.  The Master Fund may make additional investments in or effect withdrawals from Portfolio Funds only at certain specified times.  The Master Fund may not be able to withdraw its investment in the Portfolio Fund promptly after it has made a decision to do so, which may result in a loss to the Master Fund and adversely affect the Fund’s investment return.
 
Portfolio Funds may be permitted to distribute securities in-kind to investors, including the Master Fund, making withdrawals of capital.  Thus, upon the Master Fund’s withdrawal of all or a portion of its interest in a Portfolio Fund, the Master Fund may receive securities that are illiquid or difficult to value.  In such circumstances, the Adviser would determine whether to attempt to liquidate the security, hold it in the Master Fund’s portfolio or distribute it to investors in the Master Fund.  In the event the Fund was to receive such securities from the Master Fund, it would be required to dispose of such securities immediately either through liquidation or by distributing such securities to Members in connection with a repurchase by the Master Fund of all or a portion of its units.
 
 
34
 
 

 
 
 
Limitations on Voting Rights of Portfolio Funds.  To the extent the Master Fund purchases non-voting securities of a Portfolio Fund or waives its right to vote its securities with respect to Portfolio Funds, it will not be able to vote on matters that require the approval of the investors in the Portfolio Fund, including matters that could adversely affect the Master Fund’s investment in the Portfolio Fund.
 
Special Tax Risks
 
Special tax risks are associated with an investment in the Fund.  The Fund has elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes and to be treated as, and intends to operate in a manner to qualify as, a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under Subchapter M of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The Master Fund also has elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes and to be treated as, and intends to operate in a manner to qualify as, a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.  As such, the Fund and the Master Fund must satisfy, among other requirements, certain ongoing asset diversification, source-of-income and annual distribution requirements imposed by Subchapter M.  The Fund’s ability to satisfy these requirements is dependent on the Master Fund’s qualification as a RIC.  Each of these ongoing requirements for qualification for the favorable tax treatment for RICs requires that the Master Fund obtain information from the Portfolio Funds in which the Master Fund is invested.
 
If, before the end of any quarter of its taxable year, the Fund or the Master Fund believes that it may fail the Subchapter M asset diversification requirement, the Fund or the Master Fund may seek to take certain actions to avert such a failure.  The Master Fund may try to acquire additional interests in Portfolio Funds to bring itself into compliance with the Subchapter M asset diversification test.  However, the disposition of non-diversified assets, an action frequently taken by RICs to avert such a failure, may be difficult because the Master Fund may effect withdrawals from a Portfolio Fund only at certain times specified by the governing documents of the particular Portfolio Fund.  While relevant provisions also afford the Fund a 30-day period after the end of the relevant quarter in which to cure a diversification failure by disposing of non-diversified assets, the constraints on the Master Fund’s ability to effect a withdrawal from a Portfolio Fund referred to above may limit utilization of this cure period.
 
If the Fund fails to satisfy the Subchapter M asset diversification or other RIC requirements, it may lose its status as a RIC under the Code.  In that case, all of its taxable income may be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to the Members.  In addition, all distributions (including distributions of net capital gain) may be taxed to their recipients as dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.  Accordingly, disqualification as a RIC would have a material adverse effect on the value of the Units and the amount of the Fund’s distributions.  The Master Fund is also subject to the foregoing risks.  (See “Tax Aspects.”)
 
As an alternative, based on the recently enacted Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 (the “Modernization Act”), there is a remedy for a failure of the Subchapter M asset diversification test, if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, subject to certain divestiture and procedural requirements and the payment of a tax.  The Modernization Act also sets forth a de minimis exception to a potential failure of the Subchapter M asset diversification test that would require corrective action but no tax.  In addition, the Modernization Act allows for the remedy of a failure of the source-of-income requirement, if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, subject to certain procedural requirements and the payment of a tax.
 
Valuation Estimates
 
In most cases, the Adviser will have no ability to assess the accuracy of the valuations received from a Portfolio Manager regarding a Portfolio Fund.  Furthermore, the net asset values received by the Adviser from such Portfolio Managers will typically be estimates only, subject to revision based on the Portfolio Fund’s annual audit.  Revisions to the Fund’s gain and loss calculations will be an ongoing process, and no net capital appreciation or depreciation figure can be considered final until the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s annual audits are completed.
 
 
35
 
 

 
 
 
Certain securities in which Portfolio Funds invest may not have readily ascertainable market prices.  These securities will nevertheless generally be valued by Portfolio Managers, which valuations will be conclusive with respect to the Master Fund, even though Portfolio Managers will generally face a conflict of interest in valuing such securities because the values given to the securities will affect the compensation of the Portfolio Managers.  Any such securities held by a Portfolio Account will be valued at their “fair value” as determined in good faith by the Board of Managers.
 
The valuation of the Master Fund’s investment in a Portfolio Fund as provided by a Portfolio Manager as of a specific date may vary from the fair value of the investment as determined under procedures adopted by the Master Fund Board.  In such event, the Master Fund might receive less than the fair value of its investment in connection with its withdrawal of its investment from a Portfolio Fund.  The Adviser will attempt to resolve any conflicts between valuations assigned by a Portfolio Manager and fair value as determined by the Master Fund Board by seeking information from the Portfolio Manager and reviewing all relevant available information.  Such review may result in a determination to change the fair value of the Master Fund’s investment.  Investors should recognize that valuations of illiquid securities, such as interests in Portfolio Funds, involve various judgments and consideration of factors that may be subjective.  As a result, the net asset value of the Master Fund (and thus, the Fund), as determined based on the fair value of its interests in Portfolio Funds, may vary from the amount the Master Fund would realize on the withdrawal of its investments from the Portfolio Funds.  This could adversely affect the Master Fund, the Fund, new Members and Members whose Units are repurchased.
 
Other Considerations
 
Master-Feeder Structure.  The Fund does not invest directly in individual securities.  Instead, it invests substantially all of its assets in the Master Fund.  The Master Fund, in turn, purchases, holds and sells investments in accordance with its investment objectives and policies.  The Fund does not have the right to withdraw its investment in the Master Fund. Instead, it may do so only through periodic repurchases by the Master Fund of the Fund’s units in the Master Fund.  This may limit the ability of the Fund to make offers to repurchase Units.  In addition, the Fund may receive securities and other investments from the Master Fund in lieu of cash when it withdraws capital from the Master Fund.  The Fund would incur expenses in liquidating investments received in connection with any in-kind distributions.  A change in the investment objective, policies or restrictions of the Master Fund may cause the Fund to seek to have its units in the Master Fund repurchased.  Alternatively, the Fund could seek to change its investment objective, policies or restrictions to conform to those of the Master Fund.  Certain investment policies and restrictions of the Master Fund may be changed without the approval of investors in the Master Fund.  These investors may include other types of pooled investment vehicles that may or may not be investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.
 
Considerations for ERISA Plans and Other Tax-Exempt Entities.  Investors subject to the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, and other tax-exempt investors, may purchase Units.  Because the Fund is a registered investment company, the Fund’s assets should not be considered to be “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA’s fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction rules or similar provisions of the Code.  Similarly, because the Master Fund is a registered investment company, the Master Fund’s assets should not be considered to be “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA’s fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction rules or similar provisions of the Code.  For further information regarding an investment in the Fund by investors subject to ERISA, see “ERISA Considerations.”  Because the Fund has elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation (and intends to qualify as a RIC), it is expected that tax-exempt U.S. investors will not incur unrelated business taxable income as a result of a leveraged investment by the Fund, the Master Fund or a Portfolio Fund.  If, however, a tax-exempt investor finances its investment in the Fund with debt, the dividend income paid by the Fund and generally any gain realized on the sale of Units may give rise to unrelated business taxable income to such tax-exempt investor.  (See “Tax Aspects” and “ERISA Considerations.”).
 
Non-U.S. Taxation and Other Risks.  With respect to certain countries, there is a possibility of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, imposition of withholding or other taxes on dividends, interest, capital gains or other income, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of the Master Fund, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries.  An issuer of securities may be domiciled in a country other than the country in whose currency the instrument is denominated.  The values and relative yields of investments in the securities markets of different countries, and their associated risks, are expected to change independently of each other.
 
Dilution.  In the case of Portfolio Managers that limit the amount of additional capital that they will accept from the Master Fund, continued sales of Units in the Fund and the Master Fund will dilute the participation of existing Members in such Portfolio Funds.
 
Changing Market and Economic Conditions.  Changing market and economic conditions and other factors, such as changes in U.S. Federal, state or local tax laws, securities laws, bankruptcy laws or accounting standards, may make the business of the Fund less profitable or unprofitable.
 
 
36
 
 

 
 
 
Withdrawal by Adviser or its Affiliates.  The Adviser, or an affiliate of the Adviser, has made a substantial investment in the Fund.  The Adviser, or its affiliate, is generally not restricted in its ability to have its Units repurchased by the Fund in connection with a repurchase offer conducted by the Fund in accordance with applicable law.  As a result, the Adviser, or its affiliate, may reduce significantly its Units, or may withdraw completely as a Member.  This could have a negative effect on the Fund including causing the Fund’s fixed expenses to increase as a percentage of the Fund’s net asset value.
 
The foregoing list of risk factors does not purport to be a complete enumeration of the risks involved in an investment in the Fund.  Prospective investors should read this entire Prospectus.
 
 
PERFORMANCE HISTORY
 
Appendix C provides the Fund’s actual investment performance since it commenced operations.  In addition, Appendix C contains investment performance information for Arden Sage Triton Fund, L.L.C. (which is the oldest feeder fund into the Master Fund), as well as for another investment vehicle that is managed by the Adviser using the same personnel that manage the Fund and the Master Fund in accordance with an investment program that is substantially similar to the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s investment program.  The information is provided to illustrate the experience and historic investment results obtained by the Adviser.  IT SHOULD NOT BE VIEWED AS INDICATIVE OF THE FUTURE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND OR THE MASTER FUND.
 
Prospective investors should carefully read the notes accompanying the investment performance charts in Appendix C.  PAST PERFORMANCE DOES NOT GUARANTEE FUTURE INVESTMENT RESULTS.
 
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS
 
The Fund has adopted certain fundamental investment restrictions, which cannot be changed without the vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined by the 1940 Act).  The Fund may not:
 
·
Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or as otherwise permitted by the SEC or its staff.
 
·
Borrow money, except to the extent permitted by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or as otherwise permitted by the SEC or its staff.
 
·
Underwrite securities of other issuers, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in connection with the disposition of its portfolio securities.
 
·
Make loans of money or securities to other persons, except through purchasing fixed-income securities, lending portfolio securities, or entering into repurchase agreements in a manner consistent with the Fund’s investment policies.
 
·
Purchase, hold or deal in real estate, except that the Fund may invest in securities that are secured by real estate, or that are issued by companies that invest or deal in real estate or real estate investment trusts.
 
·
Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell foreign currency, options, futures and forward contracts, including those related to indices, and options on indices, and may invest in commodity pools and other entities that purchase and sell commodities and commodity contracts.
 
·
Invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in the securities (other than U.S. Government Securities) of issuers engaged in any single industry or group of related industries, except that the Fund may invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in Portfolio Funds.
 
The investment objective of the Fund is also fundamental and may not be changed without a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
Under the 1940 Act, the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company, such as the Fund, means the vote, at an annual or a special meeting of the security holders of the Fund duly called: (i) of 67% or more of the voting securities present at the meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, whichever is less.
 
The Master Fund has adopted substantially similar investment restrictions to those applicable to the Fund. In applying these restrictions, the Master Fund will aggregate its investments and transactions with those of each Portfolio Account, if any, that is advised by a Sub-Manager.
 
 
37
 
 

 
 
 
The investment restrictions and other policies described in this Prospectus do not apply to Portfolio Funds.  However, such investment restrictions will apply to Portfolio Accounts.  If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment or transaction, a later change in percentage resulting from a change in the value of investments or the value of the Fund’s or the Master Fund’s total assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction or policy.
 
The Adviser will not cause the Fund to make loans to or receive loans from the Adviser or its affiliates, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.  The Fund, the Master Fund and Portfolio Funds may effect brokerage transactions through affiliates of the Adviser, subject to compliance with the 1940 Act.  (See “Conflicts of Interest” and “Brokerage.”)
 
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Board of Managers
 
The Board of Managers has overall responsibility for the management and supervision of the operations of the Fund and has approved the Fund’s investment program.  It exercises similar powers, authority and responsibilities on behalf of the Fund as are customarily exercised by the board of directors of a registered investment company organized as a corporation, and has complete and exclusive authority to oversee and to establish policies regarding the management, conduct and operation of the Fund’s business.  The Board of Managers also oversees the Fund’s risk management processes, primarily through the functions (described below) performed by the Audit Committee.
 
Mr. Krawiec, the president and principal executive officer of the Fund and the Chief Operating Officer and a Managing Director of the Adviser, serves as chairman of the Board of Managers (the “Chairman”).  Although he is an “interested person” of the Fund, as defined by the 1940 Act, the Board of Managers believes that by having the Fund’s principal executive officer serve as Chairman, it can more effectively conduct the regular business of the Fund and that through its regularly-scheduled executive sessions, the Independent Managers (defined below) have an adequate opportunity to serve as an independent, effective check on management and to protect Members’ interests.  Furthermore, as summarized below, the Board of Managers has two committees performing critical functions for the Fund’s governance and operations: the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee, both of which are comprised exclusively of Independent Managers.  Although the Fund does not have a “lead” Independent Manager, the Board of Managers believes that adequate independent leadership is present given the relatively small size of the Board of Managers (75% of which is represented by Independent Managers) and that each of the Fund’s critical committees of the Board of Managers (Audit and Nominating) is chaired by an Independent Manager.
 
Information regarding each of the Managers and officers of the Fund, including their principal occupations during the past five years, is set forth below.  The “Fund Complex” includes the Fund, the Master Fund, Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Institutional Fund, L.L.C., Arden Sage Triton Fund, L.L.C., and Arden Sage Multi-Strategy TEI Institutional Fund, L.L.C. as well as Arden Alternative Strategies Fund, Arden Alternative Strategies II and Arden Alternative Strategies VIT, each a series of Arden Investment Series Trust.  The business address of each Manager and officer is c/o Arden Asset Management LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10152.
 
 
38
 
 

 
 
 

NAME, AGE, AND POSITION WITH THE FUND
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DURING PAST 5 YEARS
NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY MANAGER
PRESENT OR PAST (WITHIN 5 YEARS) OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY MANAGERS
DISINTERESTED MANAGERS
Manager
Indefinite/Since September 2005
Mr. Crow has been a partner of the law firm of Crow & Associates since 1981.
8
Member of the Board of Directors of 1st Constitution Bank; Member of the Board of Trustees of Centurion Ministries, Inc.
Manager
Indefinite/Since September 2005
Mr. Gross is a lawyer and former senior banking executive.  From 1998 through 2001, he served as Managing Director and General Counsel of U.S. Trust, a 150-year old banking firm specializing in investment management and fiduciary services.
8
Member of the Board of Trustees of the Randall’s Island Park Alliance, Inc., a not-for-profit organization working in partnership with the City of New York/Parks & Recreation.
INTERESTED MANAGER1
Manager, President and Chief Executive Officer
Indefinite/From October 2011
Mr. Krawiec is the Chief Operating Officer and a Managing Director of the Adviser (2004-present).
5
N/A
OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT MANAGERS
Chief Financial Officer
 
Indefinite/From October 2011
Mr. Katz is Chief Financial Officer and a Managing Director of the Adviser (2013-present).  From 2008-2012, Mr. Katz served as Executive Director and Controller of the Adviser.
N/A
N/A
Thomas G. Kennedy, 45
Chief Compliance Officer
Indefinite/From October 2011
Mr. Kennedy is  Chief Compliance Officer and a Managing Director of the Adviser (July 2008-present).
N/A
N/A
 
The Managers serve on the Board of Managers for terms of indefinite duration.  A Manager’s position in that capacity will terminate if the Manager is removed, resigns or is subject to various disabling events such as death, incapacity or bankruptcy.  A Manager may be removed either by a vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the Managers not subject to the removal vote or by a vote of Members holding not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members.  In the event of any vacancy in the position of a Manager, the remaining Managers may appoint an individual to serve as a Manager so long as immediately after the appointment, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Managers then serving have been elected by the Members.  The Board of Managers may call a meeting of Members to fill any vacancy in the position of a Manager, and must do so within 60 days after any date on which the Managers who were elected by the Members cease to constitute a majority of the Managers then serving.
 
_____________
1 Manager who is an “interested person” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund because of his affiliation with the Adviser and its affiliates.
 
 
39
 
 

 
 
 
As of the date of this Prospectus, other than as described above, none of the Managers who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund, the Adviser or its affiliates (the “Independent Managers”) who is a manager, director or trustee of another investment company whose adviser and principal underwriter is affiliated with the Adviser has held any other position with: (i) the Fund; (ii) an investment company having the same adviser or principal underwriter as the Fund or an adviser or principal underwriter that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Adviser; (iii) the Adviser or other affiliate of the Fund; or (iv) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser.
 
As of the date of this Prospectus, the Managers and officers as a group owned an aggregate of less than 1% of the outstanding Units of the Fund and none of the Independent Managers or any of their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities in the Adviser.
 
Compensation
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation received by the Independent Managers from the Fund and from all registered investment companies for which the Adviser or its affiliates served as investment adviser for the periods as indicated.  No compensation is paid by the Fund to Managers who are “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act), if any, of the Fund, the Adviser or their affiliates.  Seventy-five percent of the Managers are Independent Managers.
 
COMPENSATION TABLE
 
Name of Person
 
Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund*
   
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses*
   
Estimated
Annual Benefits Upon Retirement*
   
Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex**
 
  $ 1,500     $ 0     $ 0     $ 44,000  
  $ 1,500     $ 0     $ 0     $ 44,000  
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
__________________
 
*           Fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.
 
**           Year ended December 31, 2014.
 
***           Interested person of the Fund.
 
The Independent Managers are each paid an annual retainer of $1,500 by the Fund (and by each other feeder fund then in existence) and $18,000 by the Master Fund, and are reimbursed by the Master Fund and feeder funds for travel-related expenses.  The Managers do not receive any pension or retirement benefits from the Fund Complex.
 
Share Ownership
 
The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Manager as of December 31, 2014.
 
Name of Manager
 
Dollar Range of Equity Securities of the Fund
   
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities of All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Manager in Family of Investment Companies*
 
  $ 0     $ 0  
  $ 0     $ 0  
  $ 0     $ 0  
* The family of registered investment companies includes the Fund, the Master Fund, Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Institutional Fund, L.L.C., Arden Sage Triton Fund, L.L.C. and Arden Sage Multi-Strategy TEI Institutional Fund, L.L.C. as well as Arden Alternative Strategies Fund, Arden Alternative Strategies II and Arden Alternative Strategies VIT, each a series of Arden Investment Series Trust.
 
No Independent Manager or his immediate family member owns beneficially or of record any security of the Adviser, principal underwriter of the Fund or any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.
 
Committees
 
The Board of Managers has formed an Audit Committee consisting of the Independent Managers of the Fund.  The primary duties of the Audit Committee are: (i) to recommend to the full Board of Managers and to approve the independent registered public accounting firm to be retained by the Fund each fiscal year; (ii) to meet with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm as the Audit Committee deems necessary; (iii) to review and approve the fees charged by the registered public accounting firm for audit and non-audit services; (iv) to oversee the Fund’s risk management processes by, among other things, meeting with the Fund’s auditors and overseeing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures (including the Fund’s internal controls over financial reporting); and (v) to report to the full Board of Managers on a regular basis and to make recommendations with respect to the above and other matters as the Audit Committee may deem necessary or appropriate.  The Board of Managers of the Fund has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee.  During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Audit Committee held four meetings.
 
 
40
 
 

 
 
 
The Board of Managers has also formed a Nominating Committee comprised of the Independent Managers to which the discretion to select and nominate candidates to serve as Independent Managers has been committed.  While the Nominating Committee is solely responsible for the selection and nomination of the Fund’s Independent Managers, the Nominating Committee may consider nominations for the office of Independent Manager made by investors in the Fund or by Fund management as it deems appropriate. Members who wish to recommend a nominee should send nominations to Mr. Krawiec that include biographical information and set forth the qualifications of the proposed nominee.  During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Nominating Committee held no meetings.
 
Although the Board of Managers does not have a formal diversity policy, the Board of Managers endeavors to comprise itself of members with a broad mix of professional backgrounds.  Thus, the Nominating Committee and the Board of Managers accorded particular weight to the individual professional background of each Independent Manager, as reflected by Mr. Gross’s experience in corporate law and as a senior banking executive, Mr. Reed’s experience as an auditor and an entrepreneur and Mr. Crow’s experience as a lawyer handling, among other things, private investment funds.  In considering the nominees for election as Managers, the Nominating Committee and the Board of Managers took into account a variety of factors, including each nominee’s professional background and experience. In addition, the Board of Managers considered that each Manager also serves as a manager of each of the other funds in the Fund Complex, including the Master Fund.  In this regard, the Board of Managers accorded weight to the efficiencies associated with maintaining a common directorship for a single Fund Complex.  They also took into account the good rapport among these individuals, as they have worked together on the boards of the other funds in the Fund Complex since 2004, and they considered the small size of the Board.  The Independent Managers also considered that Mr. Krawiec is not an Independent Manager, but recognized that he is a senior management representative of the Adviser, and, as such, helps foster the Board of Managers’ direct access to information regarding the Adviser, which is the Fund’s most significant service provider.
 
 
THE ADVISER
 
The Adviser, Arden Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is registered with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, serves as the investment adviser of the Fund.  The Adviser is an independent investment management firm dedicated exclusively to creating and managing portfolios of hedge funds since 1993.  The Adviser is controlled primarily by Arden Asset Management, Inc. (“AAM INC”) as the controlling member although various individual senior staff of the Adviser have been issued membership interests entitling them to share in the profits of the Adviser.  Averell H. Mortimer controls AAM INC.  Mr. Mortimer also serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser.  The Adviser provides investment advisory services and management services to commingled private investment funds.  The Adviser also serves as investment manager or management company to other customized portfolios, or provides investment advice and management services to customized portfolios, on either a discretionary or non-discretionary basis.  As of March 31, 2015, the Adviser had more than $[____] billion in assets under management.  The address of the Adviser is 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10152.
 
The Adviser serves the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”) that was approved by Members at a meeting held on September 27, 2011.  Under that agreement, the Adviser is responsible for developing, implementing and supervising the Fund’s investment program and providing day-to-day management services to the Fund.  The agreement authorizes the Adviser to implement the Fund’s investment program through investing in the Master Fund.  The Adviser is authorized, subject to the approval of the Board of Managers and Members, to retain one or more other organizations, including its affiliates, to provide any or all of the services required to be provided by the Adviser to the Fund or to assist in providing these services.  To the extent that the Adviser retains a sub-adviser to manage the assets of the Fund, the Adviser is responsible under the Advisory Agreement to review and supervise the services provided by the sub-adviser.  The Adviser also provides office space, telephone services and utilities, and administrative, secretarial, clerical and other personnel as necessary to provide the services required to be provided under the Advisory Agreement.  Under the Advisory Agreement, a quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.75% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter (after adjustment for any purchases effective on that date) is payable by the Fund to the Adviser (the “Advisory Fee”).  However, under the agreement, the Fund is not subject to the Advisory Fee so long as substantially all of the Fund’s assets remain invested in the Master Fund.
 
The Adviser also serves the Master Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Master Fund (the “Master Fund Advisory Agreement”) that was approved by members of the Master Fund at a meeting held on September 27, 2011.  Under that agreement, the Adviser provides substantially similar services to the Master Fund as those set forth in the Fund’s Advisory Agreement.  As consideration for these services, the Master Fund pays the Adviser a quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.75% of the average net assets of the Master Fund during the calendar quarter (after adjustment for any purchases effective on that date) (the “Master Fund Advisory Fee”).  The Master Fund Advisory Fee is payable in arrears within five business days after the end of the quarter.
 
 
41
 
 

 
 
 
The Adviser manages both domestic and offshore investment vehicles.
 
Discussions regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Advisory Agreement and Master Fund Advisory Agreement are available in the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders for the period ended September 30, 2014.
 
Information Regarding the Individuals Responsible for Portfolio Management
 
The day-to-day management of the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s portfolio is the responsibility of the Investment Committee, which is comprised of Averell H. Mortimer, Henry P. Davis, Ian McDonald and Darren Wolf.
 
Members of the Investment Committee
 
Averell H. Mortimer.  Mr. Mortimer is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser.  Mr. Mortimer is also Chairman of the Adviser’s Investment Committee and is responsible for the firm’s overall investment process.  With over twenty years experience on Wall Street, Mr. Mortimer has worked in a variety of investment fields, including investment banking, venture capital and investment management.  Mr. Mortimer received a B.A. from the University of Colorado in 1980 and an M.B.A. from Columbia University’s School of Business in 1984.
 
Henry P. Davis.  Mr. Davis is President of  the Adviser and is a member of the Adviser’s Investment Committee.  Mr. Davis is  responsible for supervising the firm’s research activities and is also actively involved in manager selection and portfolio management for each of the Arden funds. Prior to joining the Adviser, Mr. Davis was an investment advisor to several high net worth families with responsibility for manager selection, oversight and asset allocation decisions.  Previously, Mr. Davis was an attorney with Davis Polk & Wardwell, specializing in corporate and asset management work for hedge funds and other investment vehicles. Mr. Davis is a graduate of Yale Law School and Cornell University, where he graduated summa cum laude and was elected to Phi Beta Kappa in 1988.
 
Ian McDonald.  Mr. McDonald is a Managing Director at the Adviser and is a member of the Adviser’s Investment Committee.  Mr. McDonald is responsible for supervising the firm’s research activities and is also actively involved in manager selection and portfolio management for each of the Arden funds.  Mr. McDonald works out of, and is responsible for managing, the Adviser’s London office. Prior to joining the Adviser, Mr. McDonald worked at Morgan Stanley in the International Prime Brokerage Group’s European Capital Introduction division.  In this role, he was responsible for introducing hedge funds to a variety of prospective investors, including fund of funds, private banks, pension funds, endowments and foundations.  Before joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. McDonald was an investment consultant in the London office of Cambridge Associates and was responsible for monitoring European hedge fund managers.  Prior to that, he was based in Cambridge’s Boston office where he focused on manager selection and due diligence of U.S. hedge funds. Mr. McDonald graduated with an MA (Honors) degree in Economic and Social History from the University of St. Andrews in Scotland.
 
Darren Wolf.  Mr. Wolf is the Director of Research of Arden and a member of Arden’s Investment Committee.  In addition to serving on the Investment Committee, Mr. Wolf is responsible for managing the day-to-day research activities of the firm.  Previously, Mr. Wolf was on the Investment Committee and the Head of Research at Robeco-Sage Investment Management, where he joined as a member of the investment team in 2001.  Mr. Wolf is a graduate of Yeshiva University’s Sy Syms School of Business where he studied Finance and advanced work in Management Information Systems.  Mr. Wolf is a CFA Charterholder and a member of the New York Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA).
 
Other Funds and Accounts Managed
 
The following tables set forth information about funds and accounts other than the Fund and the Master Fund for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2015.
 
 
42
 
 

 
 

 
 
Registered Investment Companies Managed by the Portfolio Manager
 
Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed
by the Portfolio Manager
 
Other Accounts Managed
by the Portfolio Manager
 
Name of Fund’s Portfolio Manager
 
Number
 
Total Assets
 
Number
 
Total Assets
 
Number
 
Total Assets
Averell H. Mortimer
           
Henry P. Davis
           
Ian McDonald
           
Darren Wolf
           
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Registered Investment Companies Managed by the Portfolio Manager
 
Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed
by the Portfolio Manager
 
Other Accounts Managed
by the Portfolio Manager
 
Name of Fund’s Portfolio Manager
 
Number with Performance-Based Fees
 
Total Assets with Performance-Based Fees
 
Number with Performance-Based Fees
 
Total Assets with Performance-Based Fees
 
Number with Performance-Based Fees
 
Total Assets with Performance-Based Fees
Averell H. Mortimer
           
Henry P. Davis
           
Ian McDonald
           
Darren Wolf
           
 
 
 
Investment decisions of the Adviser are made with oversight by the Investment Committee.  The committee holds regular meetings to discuss the investment portfolios, and their exposure in terms of risk, strategy, and geographic region, and to review forthcoming investment decisions.
 
Compensation Program
 
Compensation for the portfolio managers is a combination of a fixed salary and a bonus.  The bonus paid to a portfolio manager for any year may be tied, in part, to the performance of the Fund or the Master Fund or any other fund managed by the Adviser during such year as compared to the performance of the HFR Fund of Funds Composite Index or another index or indices deemed relevant by the senior management of the Adviser.  The amount of salary and bonus paid to the portfolio managers is based on a variety of factors, including the financial performance of the Adviser, execution of managerial responsibilities, client interactions and teamwork support.  As part of their compensation, the portfolio managers also have 401k plans that enable them to direct a percentage of their pre-tax salary and bonus without any contribution from the Adviser into a tax-qualified retirement plan and are also eligible to participate in profit-sharing plans with the Adviser.
 
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
 
Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund.  The Adviser’s portfolio managers may manage other accounts with investment strategies similar to the Fund and the Master Fund, including other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and separately managed accounts.  Fees earned by the Adviser may vary among these accounts and the Adviser’s portfolio managers may personally invest in these accounts.  These factors could create conflicts of interest because the Adviser’s portfolio managers may have incentives to favor certain accounts over others, resulting in other accounts outperforming the Fund or the Master Fund.  A conflict may also exist if the Adviser’s portfolio managers identify a limited investment opportunity that may be appropriate for more than one account, but the Fund or the Master Fund is not able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to the need to allocate that opportunity among multiple accounts.  In addition, the Adviser’s portfolio managers may execute transactions for another account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by the Fund or the Master Fund.  However, the Adviser believes that these risks are mitigated by the fact that accounts with like investment strategies managed by the Adviser’s portfolio managers are generally managed in a similar fashion and the Adviser has a policy that seeks to allocate opportunities on a fair and equitable basis.  (See “Conflicts of Interest.”)
 
 
43
 
 

 
 
 
Fund Ownership
 
The following table sets forth the dollar range of Units beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of March 31, 2015.

Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range
Averell H. Mortimer
None
Henry P. Davis
None
Ian McDonald
None
Darren Wolf
None
 
Other Information
 
Certain Arden entities, but not the Fund or the Master Fund, were named in claims by the Fairfield Sentry Foreign Representatives in bankruptcy and the Madoff trustee in bankruptcy based on certain Arden vehicles having been past redeemers from so-called feeder funds.  The Arden management company is bearing all expenses relating to these claims, which Arden believes to be without merit, and Arden believes that there will not ultimately be any recovery under these claims.  Accordingly, Arden believes these claims are not material to the Arden management company or any other Arden entity.
 
THE ADVISORY AGREEMENTS
 
The Advisory Agreement was last approved by the Board of Managers (including all of the Independent Managers) at a meeting held in person on September 19, 2014 and was approved by Members at a meeting held on September 27, 2011.  The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ prior written notice: by majority vote of the Board of Managers; by vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund; or by the Adviser.
 
The Master Fund Advisory Agreement was last approved by the Master Fund Board (including all of its Independent Managers) at a meeting held in person on September 19, 2014, and was approved by the Master Fund’s members at a meeting held on September 27, 2011.  The Master Fund Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ prior written notice: by majority vote of the Master Fund Board; by vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Master Fund; or by the Adviser.
 
The Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement may each be continued in effect from year to year after its initial two-year term if its continuance is approved annually by either its respective board of managers or the vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the respective fund, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of its Independent Managers by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  The Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement also provide that each will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment,” as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
 
The Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement both provide that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations to the Fund or Master Fund, as the case may be, the Adviser, and any member, director, officer or employee thereof, or any of their affiliates, executors, heirs, assigns, successors or other legal representatives, will not be liable to the Fund or Master Fund, as applicable, for any error of judgment, for any mistake of law or for any act or omission by such person in connection with the performance of services to the Fund or Master Fund.  The Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement also both provide for indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by the Fund or Master Fund, as applicable, or the Adviser or any member, director, officer or employee thereof, and any of their affiliates, executors, heirs, assigns, successors or other legal representatives, against any liability or expense directly arising from such person’s performance or non-performance of its duties to the Fund or Master Fund, provided that the liability or expense is not incurred by reason of the person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their obligations to the Fund or Master Fund.
 
 
44
 
 

 
 
 
In considering whether to approve the Advisory Agreement, the Board of Managers reviewed materials from counsel and from the Adviser which included:  (i) information concerning the services to be rendered to the Fund by the Adviser and the Adviser’s affiliates and the fees to be paid by the Fund to the Adviser and the Adviser’s affiliates; (ii) information concerning the portfolio managers; and (iii) a summary of the legal duties of the Board of Managers under the 1940 Act.  A description of the Board of Managers’ considerations in connection with the approval of the Advisory Agreement was included in the Fund’s semi-annual report to Members for the fiscal period ended September 30, 2014.
 
 
VOTING
 
Each Member has the right to cast a number of votes based on the value of the Member’s respective Units at meetings of Members called by the Board of Managers or by Members holding 25% or more of the total number of votes eligible to be cast.  Members will be entitled to vote on any matter on which shareholders of a registered investment company organized as a corporation would normally be entitled to vote, including election of Managers, approval of any investment advisory agreement entered into by the Fund and certain other matters.  Except for the exercise of their voting privileges, Members are not entitled to participate in the management or control of the Fund’s business, and may not act for or bind the Fund or the Master Fund.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund will seek instructions from Members with regard to voting proxies of the Master Fund and will vote such proxies of the Master Fund only in accordance with such instructions, or will vote its units in the Master Fund in the same proportion and in the same manner as the units of all other members of the Master Fund are voted.  Procedures in this regard will require that, upon receipt of Master Fund proxy materials by the Fund, any such Master Fund proxy materials (including the proxy statement and voting instruction card) will be furnished to all Members to solicit their instructions on how to vote the matter(s).
 
 
PROXY VOTING
 
The Adviser votes proxy proposals, amendments, consents or resolutions (collectively, “proxies”), on behalf of the Master Fund, relating to the Master Fund’s investments in Portfolio Funds (and any other Fund investments), in a manner that seeks to serve the best interests of the Fund and the Master Fund.  The Adviser has guidelines addressing how it votes proxies with regard to specific matters.  In general, the Adviser seeks to resolve any potential conflicts of interest associated with any proxy by applying the foregoing general policy of seeking to serve the best interests of the Fund and the Master Fund.  Because the Master Fund purchases and holds interests in Portfolio Funds, it is common for the Adviser to receive requests soliciting votes or consent for amendments or resolutions affecting the governance of Portfolio Funds that are not easily classified as proxies in the traditional sense.  As such, the Adviser will treat a request from a Portfolio Fund as a proxy when it involves a request to exercise the Master Fund’s voting authority on, without limitation, proposed amendments to a limited partnership agreement, operating agreement or a memorandum and articles of association, as the case may be, or voting in connection with an annual or special meeting of investors, in each case where the Master Fund’s vote is counted towards the calculation of whether a quorum or threshold set by the Portfolio Fund has been achieved.  Specific investor rights or elections requested by Portfolio Funds which are not dependent on how other investors vote, such as, without limitation, a choice between acceptance of new terms or an early right of redemption, invitations to invest or transfer to new or changed share classes, or tender offers that are individually exercisable by an investor will not be considered proxies, although they will be exercised in best interest of the Master Fund. In addition, the Adviser may waive the Master Fund’s voting rights attributable to the Master Fund’s interests in Portfolio Funds.  Information regarding how the Adviser voted any proxies on behalf of the Fund during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 will be reported on Form N-PX and will be made available no later than August 31 of each year.  Such information can be obtained: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (866) 773-7145; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
 
BROKERAGE
 
Each Portfolio Manager is directly responsible for placing orders for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage for the Portfolio Fund it manages.  Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and on some foreign stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions.  On the great majority of foreign stock exchanges, commissions are fixed.  No stated commission is applicable to securities traded in certain over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups.
 
 
45
 
 

 
 
 
The Adviser expects that each Portfolio Manager will generally select brokers and dealers to effect transactions on behalf of its Portfolio Fund substantially in the manner set forth below.  However, no guarantee or assurance can be made that a Portfolio Manager (including a Sub-Manager) will adhere to, and comply with, its stated practices.  The Adviser generally expects that, in selecting brokers and dealers to effect transactions on behalf of its Portfolio Fund, each Portfolio Manager will seek to obtain the best execution for the transactions, taking into account factors such as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of a brokerage firm and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities.  As described below, Portfolio Managers may place orders with brokers that provide research services.  Certain Portfolio Managers may comply with the safe harbor under Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Safe Harbor”), with respect to the receipt of such services.  However, subject to appropriate disclosure, Portfolio Managers of Portfolio Funds that are not investment companies registered under the 1940 Act may select brokers on a basis other than that outlined above and may receive benefits other than research or benefits that accrue to the Portfolio Manager rather than its Portfolio Fund which are not covered by the Safe Harbor.  The Adviser considers the broker selection process employed by a Portfolio Manager in determining whether to invest in its Portfolio Fund.  Each Portfolio Manager generally will seek reasonably competitive commission rates.  However, Portfolio Managers will not necessarily pay the lowest commission available on each transaction.
 
Consistent with the principle of seeking best execution, a Portfolio Manager may place brokerage orders with brokers (including affiliates of the Adviser) that provide the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates with supplemental research, market and statistical information, including advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts.  The expenses of a Portfolio Manager are not necessarily reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental information, which may be useful to the Portfolio Manager or its affiliates in providing services to clients other than a Portfolio Fund.  In addition, not all of the supplemental information is used by Portfolio Managers in connection with Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests.  Conversely, the information provided to Portfolio Managers by brokers and dealers through which other clients of the Portfolio Managers effect securities transactions may be useful to the Portfolio Managers in providing services to Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests.
 
 
ADMINISTRATOR
 
Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), SEI Investments Global Funds Services (the “Administrator”) provides various administrative services to the Fund, including fund accounting, investor accounting and taxation services, maintaining the register of the Fund and subject to approval by the Fund, generally reviewing and performing all actions related to the issuance and transfer of Units; performing all acts related to the repurchase of Units; and performing all other clerical services necessary in connection with the administration of the Fund.  The Administrator may delegate certain of its administrative functions.  Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), SEI Investments Global Funds Services (the “Administrator”) provides various administrative services to the Fund, including fund accounting, investor accounting and taxation services, maintaining the register of the Fund and subject to approval by the Fund, generally reviewing and performing all actions related to the issuance and transfer of Units; performing all acts related to the repurchase of Units; and performing all other clerical services necessary in connection with the administration of the Fund. The Administrator may delegate certain of its administrative functions.  Effective October 1, 2013, in consideration of such services, the Master Fund pays the Administrator a monthly fee ("Asset Based Fee"), based on the aggregate month-end net assets of the Master Fund and the feeder funds into the Master Fund, allocated to each fund pro-rata based on the net assets of each fund as of the prior month-end at an annual rate of up to 0.08%, subject to a minimum fee of $140,000 for the Master Fund.  The Administrator is reimbursed for certain out-of-pocket expenses.  Upon expiration of a two-year term, the Administration Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party generally upon not less the 90 days' written notice.  The Administrator also serves as the transfer agent for the Units.
 
 
CUSTODIAN AND ESCROW AGENT
 
SEI Private Trust Company (the “Custodian”) serves as the custodian of the assets of the Fund and the Master Fund, and may maintain custody of such assets with domestic and foreign subcustodians (which may be banks, trust companies, securities depositories and clearing agencies), approved by the Board of Managers or the Master Fund Board, as applicable, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act and the rules adopted thereunder.  Assets of the Fund and the Master Fund are not held by the Adviser or commingled with the assets of other accounts, except to the extent that securities may be held in the name of the Custodian or a subcustodian in a securities depository, clearing agency or omnibus customer account.  The Custodian’s principal business address is One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456.
 
 
46
 
 

 
 
 
UMB Bank, n.a. serves as Escrow Agent with respect to monies received from prospective investors in advance of dates when Units may be purchased and monies may be transmitted to the Fund. The Escrow Agent’s principal business address is 1010 Grand Boulevard, 10th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64106.
 
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
The Adviser bears all of its own costs incurred in providing investment advisory and other services to the Fund and the Master Fund, including travel and other expenses related to the selection and monitoring of Portfolio Managers.
 
The Fund bears all of its own expenses and, through its investment in the Master Fund, its portion of the Master Fund’s operating expenses, other than those borne by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement, and the Distributor pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and the Member Services Agreement, including, but not limited to: all investment related expenses (e.g., fees paid directly or indirectly to Portfolio Managers, all costs and expenses directly related to portfolio transactions and positions for the Master Fund’s account such as direct and indirect expenses associated with the Master Fund’s investments, including its investments in Portfolio Funds, transfer taxes and premiums, taxes withheld on foreign dividends and, if applicable in the event the Master Fund utilizes a Portfolio Account, brokerage commissions, interest and commitment fees on loans and debit balances, borrowing charges on securities sold short, dividends on securities sold but not yet purchased and margin fees); all costs and expenses associated with the establishment of any Portfolio Accounts; any non-investment related interest expense; organizational and offering expenses; fees and disbursements of any attorneys and accountants engaged by the Fund and the Master Fund; audit and tax preparation fees and expenses of the Fund; all costs and expenses associated with background checks on Portfolio Managers; all costs and expenses associated with retaining independent third parties to provide risk management or compliance services to the Fund; administrative expenses and fees of the Fund and the Master Fund; custody and escrow fees and expenses; the costs of an errors and omissions/directors and officers liability insurance policy and a fidelity bond; the Master Fund Advisory Fee; Distribution Fee; the Member Servicing Fee (as defined below); fees and travel-related and other expenses of members of the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board who are not employees of the Adviser or any affiliated person of the Adviser; all costs and charges for equipment or services used in communicating information regarding the Fund’s and Master Fund’s transactions among the Adviser and any custodian or other agent engaged by the Fund; any extraordinary expenses; and such other expenses as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Managers.
 
The Fund also indirectly bears fees and expenses of the Master Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds.  Each Portfolio Manager generally receives a management fee and a performance fee or allocation with respect to the assets of Portfolio Funds that it manages.  The amount of these fees and allocations varies among Portfolio Managers, but the management fees are generally expected to be between 1.0%-2.0%, on an annual basis, of the total assets managed by a Portfolio Manager, and the performance fees or allocations are generally expected to be between 15%-25% of the net capital appreciation (if any) in the assets managed by a Portfolio Manager.  If the Fund retains a Portfolio Manager to manage a Portfolio Account, a management fee and performance allocation would generally be payable or allocable to the Portfolio Manager.  In such cases, the fees or allocations may differ from, and could be higher than, those described above.  Any such Portfolio Account related advisory arrangements will be subject to the approval of the Board of Managers and Members.
 
The Adviser and the Fund have entered into an expense limitation and reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Limitation Agreement”) under which the Adviser (or its affiliate) has agreed to pay or absorb the ordinary operating expenses of the Fund (including organization and offering expenses, as well as the portion of the Master Fund’s fees and expenses borne by the Fund, but excluding any Portfolio Fund fees and expenses, interest, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses of the Fund), to the extent necessary to limit the ordinary operating expenses of the Fund to 2.25% per annum of the Fund’s average monthly net assets (the “Expense Limitation”).  In consideration of the Adviser’s agreement to limit the Fund’s expenses, the Fund will carry forward the amount of expenses paid or absorbed by the Adviser (or its affiliate) in excess of the Expense Limitation for a period not to exceed three years from the end of the fiscal year in which they were incurred and will reimburse the Adviser (or its affiliate) such amounts.  Reimbursement will be made as promptly as possible, but only to the extent it does not cause the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation in effect at the time the expense was paid or absorbed.  The Expense Limitation Agreement does not mandate any particular method for the Adviser to absorb, waive or reimburse expenses to achieve the Expense Limitation.  As such, the voluntary reduction in the management fee noted in the fee table under the caption “Summary of Fund Expenses” on page 15 may be terminated at any time, whereas the Expense Limitation Agreement will remain in effect until terminated by the Board.  None of the fees charged to the Master Fund by a Portfolio Fund will be subject to the Expense Limitation Agreement.
 
The Adviser and its affiliates may, out of their own resources (not payable by the Fund), pay a small portion of their revenues to Selling Agents or Member Services Providers as additional compensation for marketing, selling or servicing the Fund, not to exceed, in the aggregate, 0.25% of the total proceeds to be received by the Fund in respect of sales of Units registered pursuant to this offering.
 
 
47
 
 

 
 
 
 
NET ASSET VALUATION
 
The Fund sells Units at their offering price, which is equal to the “net asset value” per Unit, plus the applicable sales load described in the “Summary of Fund Expenses” on page 15.  The net asset value of the Fund will be computed as of the close of business on the following days: (i) the last day of each fiscal year, (ii) the last day of a taxable year (if it differs from the fiscal year), (iii) the day preceding the date as of which any Units are purchased, or (iv) any day as of which the Fund repurchases any Units. The Fund’s net asset value is the value of the Fund’s assets less its liabilities, and its net asset value per Unit equals the net asset value of the Fund divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Units.  Substantially all of the net asset value of the Fund is based on the net asset value of its units in the Master Fund.  The net asset value of the Master Fund is based primarily on the fair value of its interests in Portfolio Funds.  The Master Fund Board has delegated various responsibilities regarding Portfolio Fund valuation procedures to the Adviser.  The Adviser’s action in this regard remain subject to the oversight of the boards of managers of the Fund and the Master Fund.
 
In accordance with these policies, investments in Portfolio Funds are valued at their “fair values.”  Ordinarily, this will be the values determined by the Portfolio Managers of the Portfolio Funds in accordance with the Portfolio Funds’ valuation policies and as reported by the Portfolio Managers.  As a general matter, the fair value of the Master Fund’s interest in a Portfolio Fund will represent the amount that the Master Fund could reasonably expect to receive from the Portfolio Fund if the Master Fund’s interest were redeemed at the time of valuation, based on information reasonably available at the time the valuation is made and that the Master Fund believes to be reliable.  Because Portfolio Funds provide net asset value information to the Master Fund on a monthly basis and do not generally provide detailed information on their investment positions, except on an annual basis, the Master Fund generally will not be able to determine the fair value of its investments in Portfolio Funds or its net asset values other than as of the end of each month and may not be able to verify valuation information given to the Master Fund by Portfolio Managers (except in the case of Portfolio Accounts).  In the unlikely event that a Portfolio Fund does not report a value to the Master Fund on a timely basis, the Master Fund would determine the fair value of its interest in that Portfolio Fund based on all relevant circumstances which may include the most recent value reported by the Portfolio Fund, as well as any other relevant information available at the time the Master Fund values its assets.  The Master Fund Board has determined that any values of interests in Portfolio Funds reported as “estimated” or “final” values (using the nomenclature of the hedge fund industry) will be deemed to reasonably reflect market values of securities for which market quotations are available or the fair value of such securities.
 
Before investing in any Portfolio Fund, the Adviser will conduct a due diligence review of the valuation methodology utilized by the Portfolio Fund, which as a general matter will utilize market values when available, and otherwise utilize principles of fair value that the Adviser reasonably believes to be consistent with those used by the Fund and the Master Fund for valuing their own investments.  Furthermore, prior to the Master Fund investing in a Portfolio Fund, the Adviser will seek confirmation from the Portfolio Manager that, in the event that the Portfolio Manager allocates Portfolio Fund assets to a special investment account or side pocket that:  (i) the estimated monthly valuations as provided to the Master Fund are reflective of the most recently computed fair value of the special investment account or side pocket by the Portfolio Manager (which is expected to be based on the audited year-end valuations of the Portfolio Fund); and (ii) the Portfolio Manager computes the fair value of the special investment account or side pocket at least on an annual basis.  In a situation where a Portfolio Manager allocates a Portfolio Fund’s assets to special investment accounts or side pockets, the current fair value of the Master Fund’s interest in that Portfolio Fund may not be accurately reflected in the Master Fund’s and thus, the Fund’s net asset value.  This is because the Portfolio Manager’s most recent computation of the fair value of the special investment account or side pocket may have last occurred a significant amount of time (i.e., as much as eleven months or longer) before the current monthly computation of the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s net asset value.  As a result, for any given month, the stated net asset value of the Master Fund and thus, the Fund, may, under certain circumstances, be higher or lower than the value that would otherwise have been utilized had the Portfolio Manager determined and reported the fair value of any side pocket as of the end of the most recent calendar month.  Although the procedures approved by the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board provide that the Adviser will periodically review the valuations of interests in Portfolio Funds provided by the Portfolio Managers, the Adviser will not be able to confirm independently the accuracy of valuations of such interests provided by such Portfolio Managers (which are unaudited, except for year-end valuations).
 
The Fund’s and the Master Fund’s valuation procedures adopted by their respective boards require the Adviser to consider all relevant information available at the time the Fund and the Master Fund value their respective assets.  The Adviser or, in certain cases, the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board, will consider such information, and may conclude in certain circumstances that the information provided by a Portfolio Manager does not represent the fair value of the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s interests in a Portfolio Fund.  Although redemptions of interests in Portfolio Funds are subject to advance notice requirements, Portfolio Funds typically will make available net asset value information to their investors which will represent the price at which, even in the absence of redemption activity, the Portfolio Fund would have effected a redemption if a redemption request had been timely made or if, in accordance with the terms of the Portfolio Fund’s governing documents, it would be necessary to effect a mandatory redemption.  Following procedures adopted by the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board, the Adviser could value the Fund’s investment in a Portfolio Fund at the Portfolio Fund’s net asset value as reported at the time of valuation, or, if appropriate and in light of the relevant circumstances, adjust such value to reflect a premium or discount to net asset value.  Any such decision must be made in good faith, and subject to the review and supervision of the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board.
 
 
48
 
 

 
 
 
The Portfolio Funds provide estimated net asset value determinations to the Master Fund on a monthly basis, generally within one or two weeks following the end of the month.  The Adviser attempts to confirm the accuracy of each Portfolio Fund’s monthly valuation using various means, including: discussing monthly with Portfolio Managers their Portfolio Funds’ values; reviewing Portfolio Fund portfolio positions, when available; and analyzing audited financial statements of Portfolio Funds.  Failure of a Portfolio Fund to provide on a timely or accurate basis required monthly valuation information to the Master Fund could result in an adjustment to the fair value given by the Fund and the Master Fund to their investment in a Portfolio Fund or a decision by the Adviser to liquidate the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s investment in a Portfolio Fund.  The valuations reported by the Portfolio Managers, upon which the Fund and the Master Fund calculate their net asset value, may be subject to later adjustment, based on information reasonably available at that time.  For example, fiscal year-end net asset value calculations of the Portfolio Funds are audited by the independent auditors of the Portfolio Funds and may be revised as a result of such audits.  Other adjustments may occur from time to time.
 
To the extent the Fund or the Master Fund invests its assets through Portfolio Accounts, and to the extent the Fund or the Master Fund invests in money market instruments, the Fund and the Master Fund will value portfolio securities (other than interests in Portfolio Funds) as follows:
 
Securities listed on the Nasdaq National Market System (“NASDAQ”) are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) (which, as of June 2003, is the last trade price at or before 4:00:02 p.m. (Eastern Time) adjusted up to NASDAQ’s best offer price if the last trade price is below such bid and down to NASDAQ’s best offer price if the last trade is above such offer price).  If no NOCP is available, the security will be valued at the last sale price on the NASDAQ prior to the calculation of the net asset value of the Fund and the Master Fund.  If no sale is shown on NASDAQ, the bid price will be used.  If no sale is shown and no bid price is available, the price will be deemed “stale” and the value will be determined in accordance with the fair valuation procedures set forth herein.  U.S. exchange traded securities, other than NASDAQ securities, are valued at their last composite sale prices as reported on the exchanges where such securities are traded.  If no sales of such securities are reported on a particular day, the securities will be valued based upon their composite bid prices for securities held long, or their composite ask prices for securities held short, as reported by such exchanges.  Securities traded on a foreign securities exchange will be valued at their last sale prices on the exchange where such securities are primarily traded, or in the absence of a reported sale on a particular day, at their bid prices, in the case of securities held long, or ask prices, in the case of securities held short, as reported by such exchange.  Listed options or futures contracts will be valued using last sales prices as reported by the exchange with the highest reported daily volume for such options or futures contracts or, in the absence of any sales on a particular day, at their bid prices as reported by the exchange with the highest volume on the last day a trade was reported.  Other securities for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at their bid prices, or ask prices in the case of securities held short, as obtained from one or more dealers making markets for such securities.  If market quotations are not readily available, securities and other assets, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by, or under the supervision of, the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board.
 
Debt securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described above, which with respect to such securities may include the use of valuations furnished by a pricing service which employs a matrix to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units.  The reasonableness of valuations provided by any such pricing service will be reviewed periodically by the Master Fund Board.  Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, absent unusual circumstances, will be valued at amortized cost, so long as such valuation is determined by the Board of Managers and the Master Fund Board to represent fair value.
 
All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars using foreign exchange rates provided by a pricing service.  Trading in foreign securities generally is completed, and the values of such securities are determined, before the close of securities markets in the U.S.  Foreign exchange rates also are determined before such close.  On occasion, the values of securities and exchange rates may be affected by significant events occurring between the time as of which determination of such values or exchange rates are made and the time as of which the net asset value is determined.  When such significant events materially affect the values of securities held by the Master Fund or its liabilities, these securities and liabilities may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by, or under the supervision of, the Board of Manager and the Master Fund Board.
 
 
49
 
 

 
 
 
Prospective investors should be aware that situations involving uncertainties as to the valuation of portfolio positions could have an adverse effect on the Master Fund’s and thus, the Fund’s net assets, which, in turn, would affect amounts paid on repurchases of Units and the amount of fees paid, if the judgments made regarding appropriate valuations should be proven incorrect.
 
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
General
 
The Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement do not require the Adviser or its affiliates (together with their members, officers and employees, including those involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund and the Master Fund) to devote all or any specified portion of their time to managing the Fund’s or the Master Fund’s affairs, but only to devote so much of their time to the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s affairs as they reasonably believe necessary in good faith.  The Advisory Agreement and the Master Fund Advisory Agreement do not prohibit the Adviser or its affiliates from engaging in any other existing or future business, and the Adviser or its affiliates may provide investment management services to other clients or family members of the portfolio managers.  In addition, the portfolio managers and affiliates of the Adviser may invest for their own accounts in various investment opportunities, including in hedge funds.  A determination may be made that an investment opportunity in a particular investment fund is appropriate for a portfolio manager or an affiliate of the Adviser, but not for the Fund or the Master Fund.  This determination will be made by the Adviser’s investment committee, consistent with the Adviser’s allocation policy (which requires the Adviser to allocate opportunities on a fair and equitable basis).
 
Brokerage firms affiliated with the Portfolio Managers may execute securities transactions on behalf of the Fund consistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act and, with respect to the Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests, consistent with best execution.
 
Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund.  The Adviser’s portfolio managers may manage other accounts with investment strategies similar to the Fund and the Master Fund, including other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and separately managed accounts.  Fees earned by the Adviser may vary among these accounts and the Adviser’s portfolio managers may personally invest in these accounts.  These factors could create conflicts of interest because the Adviser’s portfolio managers may have incentives to favor certain accounts over others, resulting in other accounts outperforming the Fund or the Master Fund.  A conflict may also exist if the Adviser’s portfolio managers identify a limited investment opportunity that may be appropriate for more than one account, but the Fund or the Master Fund is not able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to the need to allocate that opportunity among multiple accounts.  In addition, the Adviser’s portfolio managers may execute transactions for another account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by the Fund or the Master Fund.  However, the Adviser believes that these risks are mitigated by the fact that accounts with like investment strategies managed by the Adviser’s portfolio managers are generally managed in a similar fashion and the Adviser has a policy that seeks to allocate opportunities on a fair and equitable basis.
 
The Adviser is also the investment manager for other investment vehicles (the “Related Accounts”).  The Related Accounts may invest in the same Portfolio Funds as the Fund and the Master Fund.  As a result, the Related Accounts may compete with the Fund and the Master Fund for appropriate investment opportunities.  As a general matter, the Adviser will consider participation by the Fund and the Master Fund in all appropriate investment opportunities that are under consideration by the Adviser for the Related Accounts.  The Adviser will evaluate for the Fund, the Master Fund and the Related Accounts a variety of factors that may be relevant in determining whether a particular investment opportunity or strategy is appropriate and feasible for the Fund, the Master Fund or the Related Accounts at a particular time.  Because these considerations may differ for the Fund, the Master Fund and the Related Accounts in the context of any particular investment opportunity and at any particular time, the investment activities and future investment performance of the Fund and the Master Fund and each of the Related Accounts will differ.  The Adviser will, however, attempt to allocate these investment opportunities in an equitable manner.
 
The Fund and the Master Fund, absent SEC exemptive relief, may be precluded from investing any assets in certain Portfolio Funds where an account managed by the Adviser is already invested (or seeks to invest) to the extent that the Fund is considered a “joint participant” (within the meaning of Section 17(d) of the 1940 Act or Rule 17d-1 thereunder) with an account managed by the Adviser.  Additionally, in the event the Master Fund retains Portfolio Managers as Sub-Managers, there is also the potential for prohibited affiliated transactions to exist.  For example, the Master Fund or a Sub-Manager (or its affiliate), absent SEC exemptive relief, may be precluded from investing any assets in certain hedge funds when accounts managed by a Sub-Manager are already invested in those hedge funds.
 
 
50
 
 

 
 
 
Other present and future activities of the Adviser, the portfolio managers, the Administrator and/or their affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.  In the event that a conflict of interest arises, the Managers will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
Any Portfolio Manager that is also a Sub-Manager will likely follow practices substantially similar to those described below.  Although it is anticipated that Portfolio Managers that are not also Sub-Managers will follow practices similar to those described below, no guarantee or assurances can be made that similar practices will be followed or that a Portfolio Manager (including a Sub-Manager) will adhere to, and comply with, its stated practices.  For purposes of this section only, the term “Portfolio Manager” will apply to both a “Portfolio Manager” and a “Sub-Manager.”
 
Participation in Investment Opportunities.  The Adviser anticipates that each Portfolio Manager will consider participation by the relevant Portfolio Fund in all appropriate investment opportunities that are also under consideration for investment by the Portfolio Manager for its Portfolio Accounts that pursue similar investment programs.  There may be circumstances, however, under which a Portfolio Manager will cause its Portfolio Account to commit a larger percentage of its respective assets to an investment opportunity than to which the Portfolio Manager will commit the relevant Portfolio Fund’s assets.  There also may be circumstances under which a Portfolio Manager will consider participation by its Portfolio Account in investment opportunities in which the Portfolio Manager does not intend to invest on behalf of the relevant Portfolio Fund, or vice versa.
 
Each Portfolio Manager is expected to evaluate a variety of factors in determining whether a particular investment opportunity or strategy is appropriate and feasible for the relevant Portfolio Fund and Portfolio Account at a particular time.  These factors may include the following: (i) the nature of the investment opportunity taken in the context of the other investments at the time; (ii) the liquidity of the investment relative to the needs of the particular entity or account; (iii) the availability of the opportunity (i.e., size of obtainable position); (iv) the transaction costs involved; and (v) the investment or regulatory limitations applicable to the particular entity or account; however, particular Portfolio Managers may consider other factors.  Because the relevant considerations may differ for a Portfolio Fund and a relevant Portfolio Account in the context of any particular investment opportunity, the investment activities of a Portfolio Fund, on the one hand, and a Portfolio Account, on the other, may differ considerably from time to time.  In addition, the fees and expenses of the Portfolio Funds will differ from those of the Portfolio Accounts.  Accordingly, prospective Members should note that the future performance of a Portfolio Manager’s Portfolio Fund and its Portfolio Account will vary.
 
When a Portfolio Manager determines that it would be appropriate for its Portfolio Fund and one or more of its Portfolio Accounts to participate in an investment opportunity at the same time, it will likely attempt to aggregate, place and allocate orders on a basis that the Portfolio Manager believes to be fair and equitable, consistent with its responsibilities under applicable law.  Decisions in this regard are necessarily subjective and there is no requirement that any Portfolio Fund participate, or participate to the same extent as a Portfolio Account, in all trades.  Although no assurances can be made, no participating entity or account will likely receive preferential treatment over any other and each Portfolio Manager will take steps to ensure that no participating entity or account will be systematically disadvantaged by the aggregation, placement and allocation of orders.
 
Situations may occur, however, where a Portfolio Fund could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Portfolio Manager for a Portfolio Account.  Such situations may be based on, among other things, the following: (i) legal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for the Portfolio Fund, and the Portfolio Accounts, thereby limiting the size of the Portfolio Fund’s position; (ii) the difficulty of liquidating an investment for the Portfolio Fund and the Portfolio Accounts where the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined positions; and (iii) the determination that a particular investment is warranted only if hedged with an option or other instrument and there is a limited availability of such options or other instruments.
 
Each Portfolio Manager and its principals, officers, employees and affiliates, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Master Fund or a Portfolio Fund.  As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by principals, officers, employees and affiliates of the Portfolio Manager that are the same, different or made at a different time than positions taken for the Master Fund.
 
 
51
 
 

 
 
 
Portfolio Managers or their affiliates may from time to time provide investment advisory or other services to hedge funds and other entities or accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates.  In addition, Portfolio Managers or their affiliates may from time to time receive research products and services in connection with the brokerage services that the Adviser and its affiliates may provide either: (i) to one or more Portfolio Accounts; or (ii) to the Master Fund.
 
Other Matters.  Except as may be permitted by applicable law, a Portfolio Manager and its affiliates are not expected to buy securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Portfolio Fund it manages.  In this regard, a Portfolio Fund may effect certain principal transactions in securities with one or more Portfolio Accounts, subject to certain conditions.  Such transactions would be made in circumstances where the Portfolio Manager has determined it would be appropriate for the Portfolio Fund to purchase and a Portfolio Account to sell, or the Portfolio Fund to sell and a Portfolio Account to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day.  Future investment activities of the Portfolio Managers, or their affiliates, and the principals, partners, directors, officers or employees of the foregoing may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
 
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 
The Adviser and its affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with respect to investments made by the Master Fund.  As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by the Adviser and its affiliates (including personnel of the Adviser) that are the same, different or made at a different time than positions taken for the Master Fund.  In order to mitigate the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund and the Master Fund have adopted a code of ethics and furthermore the Adviser has adopted a code of ethics (collectively with the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s code of ethics, the “Codes of Ethics”) in compliance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions.  The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 942-8090.  The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of the Codes of Ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
Future investment activities of the Adviser and its affiliates and their principals, managers, partners, directors, officers or employees may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
 
 
PURCHASES OF UNITS
 
Purchase Terms
 
Units may be purchased generally as of the first business day of each calendar month, except that the Fund may offer Units more or less frequently as determined by the Board of Managers.  In order to purchase Units, an investor must submit a completed investor certification to the Administrator generally five calendar days before the investor’s proposed purchase.  Cleared funds must be available in the investor’s account no later than five calendar days before the investor’s proposed purchase, or such other date as the Fund may determine in its sole discretion and communicate to the investor (the “Funding Deadline”).  If an investor’s certification is accepted by the Administrator prior to the Funding Deadline, monies representing the capital contribution will be debited from the investor’s account by the Selling Agent (as defined below) servicing the investor’s account and deposited by the Administrator in a non-interest bearing escrow account held by the Fund pending the deposit of such monies with the Fund.  At the close of business on the Funding Deadline, the Fund will withdraw the monies representing the capital contribution from the escrow account or the Selling Agent servicing the investor’s account will remit such monies representing the capital contribution from the investor’s account, as applicable, and deposit such monies with the Fund.  The Fund will then issue the requisite number of Units to the investor on the purchase date.  All purchases are subject to the receipt of cleared funds from the investor prior to the applicable purchase date in the full amount of the purchase. The Board of Managers reserves the right to reject any purchase for Units and the Board of Managers may, in its sole discretion, suspend purchases of Units at any time.
 
An investor purchases Units in the Fund.  Units are offered at their net asset value per Unit, and each Unit subscribed for represents a capital contribution to the Fund in that amount.  Generally, the minimum initial investment in the Fund from each investor is $50,000, and the minimum additional investment in the Fund is $25,000.  The minimum initial investment for employees of the Adviser or a Selling Agent and their affiliates, and members of their immediate families and, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, as applicable, the Managers, attorneys and other professionals engaged on behalf of the Fund and members of their immediate families, is $25,000 and subsequent investments must be at least $10,000.  The minimum initial and minimum additional investment requirements may be reduced or increased by the Board of Managers.  Under certain circumstances, the minimum investment amounts may be waived, subject to the approval of the Fund.  An investor’s purchase of Units is irrevocable by the investor and will generally require the investor to maintain its investment in the Fund until such time as the Fund offers to repurchase the Units in a tender offering.  (See “Redemptions, Repurchases of Units and Transfers” below.)
 
 
52
 
 

 
 
 
Except as otherwise permitted by the Board of Managers, initial and any additional contributions to the capital of the Fund by any Member will be payable in cash.  Initial and any additional contributions to the capital of the Fund will be payable in one installment.  The Fund may accept contributions of securities in the sole discretion of the Board of Managers.  If the Fund accepts a contribution of securities, the securities would be valued in the same manner as the Fund values its other assets.
 
Each new Member must agree to be bound by all of the terms of the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Fund (the “Company Agreement”).  Each potential investor must also represent and warrant in an investor certification, among other things, that the investor is purchasing Units for its own account, and not with a view to the distribution, assignment, transfer or other disposition of the Units.
 
Eligible Investors
 
Units are being sold only to investors that are “Eligible Investors” who represent that (A) (i) if a natural person (including participants in individual retirement accounts), they have (a) an individual net worth, or joint net worth with their spouse, in excess of $1 million (excluding from the calculation of net worth the value of such investor’s primary residence and any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of Units, and including any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of the Units), or (b) an income (exclusive of any income attributable to their spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with their spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of the two most recent years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year; or (ii) if an entity, including a corporation, foundation, endowment, partnership, or limited liability company, they have total assets in excess of $5 million and they were not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered (or each equity owner is a person who has an individual income (exclusive of any income attributable to a spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with a spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year, or an individual net worth, or joint net worth with their spouse, in excess of $1 million (excluding from the calculation of net worth the value of such investor’s primary residence and any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of Units, and including any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of the Units)) or (iii) a trust with total assets in excess of $5 million, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered and the purchase is directed by a sophisticated person (as used in the foregoing sentence, a “sophisticated person” is one who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment), or a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, acting in a fiduciary capacity and subscribing for the purchase of the securities being offered on behalf of a trust account or accounts, or a revocable trust which may be amended or revoked at any time by the grantors thereof and all of the grantors are eligible investors as described in (i); or (B) a trust with total assets in excess of $5 million, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered.
 
Before an investor may invest in the Fund, a Selling Agent will require the investor to certify that it meets applicable investor qualification requirements and that it will not transfer its Units except in the limited circumstances permitted under the Company Agreement.  (A form of certification that each investor will be asked to sign is contained in Appendix B of this Prospectus.)  If an investor’s executed and completed certification is not received on or before the date Units are to be issued, the investor’s order will not be accepted.  The Fund is not obligated to sell through brokers, dealers or other financial institutions, any Units that have not been placed with Eligible Investors that meet all applicable requirements to invest in the Fund.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any order for the purchase of Units and may, in its sole discretion, suspend the offering of Units at any time.
 
Distribution and Member Services
 
The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Arden Securities LLC (“Arden Securities”), whose principal business address is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, to act as the distributor for the sale of Units (the “Distributor”).  Arden Securities serves as the Distributor on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions, and may retain broker-dealers (the “Selling Agents”) to assist in the distribution of Units.  Arden Securities is not affiliated with the Adviser, the Administrator or any of their respective affiliates. Arden Securities is owned by Foreside Distributors, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foreside Financial Group, LLC.
 
 
53
 
 

 
 
 
Selling Agents generally will be entitled to a sales load and an ongoing fee for such services.  The specific amount of the sales load paid with respect to a Member is generally dependent on the size of the investment in the Fund, but will not exceed 2.5% of an investor’s investment amount.  (Subject to that limit, however, the applicable schedule of sales loads may vary among Selling Agents.)  The sales load will be charged as a percentage of an investor’s investment amount.  The sales load will not constitute an investment made by the investor in the Fund.  The sales load may be adjusted or waived at the sole discretion of the applicable Selling Agent in consultation with the Fund, and is expected to be waived for the Adviser and its affiliates, including the directors, partners, principals, officers and employees of each of these entities, and employees of the Selling Agents and certain of their affiliates.
 
In addition, as compensation for providing for, or arranging for the provision of, the sale and marketing of Units, the Fund pays Arden Securities an ongoing quarterly fee at an annualized rate of 0.85% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter (after adjustment for any purchases effective on that date) (the “Distribution Fee”).  The Distribution Fee is payable in arrears within five days after the end of the quarter.  These payments have been separately authorized by the Board pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by the Board.  The Distributor may pay all or a portion of this amount to Selling Agents or Member Services Providers (as defined below) for providing either distribution or member services (as described below).
 
The Fund has also entered into a Member Services Agreement with the Distributor (the “Member Services Agreement”) to arrange for the provision of ongoing Member and account maintenance services.  Under the terms of the Member Services Agreement, the Distributor is authorized to retain broker-dealers or others (which may include the Adviser or its affiliates) (“Member Services Providers”) to provide ongoing Member and account maintenance services to the Members of the Fund.  These services include, but are not limited to, handling Member inquiries regarding the Fund (for example, responding to questions concerning their investment in the Fund and reports and tax information provided by the Fund); assisting in the enhancement of communications between Members and the Fund; notifying the Fund of any changes to Member information, such as changes of address; and providing such other information and Member services as the Fund (or the Distributor) may reasonably request.  Under the Member Services Agreement, the Fund pays an ongoing quarterly Member Servicing fee at an annualized rate of 0.15% of the average net assets of the Fund during the calendar quarter to the Distributor (the “Member Servicing Fee”). The Distributor may use all or a portion of this amount to pay Selling Agents or Member Services Providers (including the Adviser) for providing member services (as described above).
 
The Distributor is not required to use all of the compensation it receives from the Fund to retain and pay Selling Agents or Member Services Providers.  However, it is currently expected that a significant portion of the compensation paid to Arden Securities by the Fund will be used to compensate Selling Agents and Member Services Providers.  Any amounts received by the Distributor under the Distribution Agreement or the Member Services Agreement and not paid to Selling Agents or Member Services Providers will be held by the Distributor to be used solely for distribution related or member services related expenses of the Fund, as directed by the officers of the Fund or by the Adviser, and will not be retained by the Distributor as profit.
 
Pursuant to agreements between the Adviser and the Distributor, the Adviser will pay the Distributor certain fees for providing distribution services to the Fund, including registration of certain Adviser employees as registered representatives of the Distributor.  Such fees will not exceed, in the aggregate, 0.25% of the total proceeds to be received by the Fund in respect of sales of Units registered pursuant to this offering (“Offering Proceeds”).
 
Aggregate compensation paid to Arden Securities and to any Selling Agent in connection with the marketing and sales of Units and for ongoing Member and account related services (including the Distribution Fee and the Member Servicing Fee) may not exceed 5.0% of the Offering Proceeds.  Specifically, the Distribution Fee, in the aggregate, will be capped at 4.25% of the Offering Proceeds and the Member Servicing Fee, in the aggregate, will be capped at 0.75% of the Offering Proceeds.  In addition, the sales loads Arden Securities and Selling Agents receive from investors will be capped at 2.5% of the Offering Proceeds.  All compensation received by Arden Securities under the Distribution Agreement and Member Services Agreement, and sales loads have been deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (formerly, the National Association of Securities Dealers) to be underwriting compensation and are subject to this limitation.
 
 
54
 
 

 
 
 
REDEMPTIONS, REPURCHASES OF
 
UNITS AND TRANSFERS
 
No Right of Redemption
 
No Member or other person holding Units acquired from a Member will have the right to require the Fund to redeem those Units.  There is no public market for Units, and none is expected to develop.  Consequently, investors may not be able to liquidate their investment other than as a result of repurchases of Units by the Fund, as described below.  An investment in the Fund is therefore suitable only for investors who can bear the risks associated with the limited liquidity of the Units.
 
Repurchases of Units
 
The Fund from time to time will offer to repurchase outstanding Units from Members pursuant to written tenders by Members at such times and on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Managers, in its sole discretion.
 
In determining whether the Fund should offer to repurchase Units from Members, the Board of Managers will consider various factors, including the recommendations of the Adviser.  The Adviser currently expects that it will recommend to the Board of Managers that the Fund offer to repurchase Units from Members four times each year, as of the last day of each calendar quarter.  The Board of Managers will also consider the following factors, among others, in making this determination:
 
·
whether any Members have requested the Fund to repurchase their Units;
 
·
the liquidity of the Master Fund’s assets;
 
·
the investment plans and working capital requirements of the Fund and the Master Fund;
 
·
the relative economies of scale with respect to the size of the Fund;
 
·
the history of the Fund in repurchasing Units;
 
·
the economic condition of the securities markets; and
 
·
the anticipated tax consequences of any proposed repurchases of Units.
 
The Fund will repurchase Units from Members pursuant to written tenders on terms and conditions that the Board of Managers determines to be fair to the Fund and to all Members.  The value of a Member’s Units that are being repurchased is equal to the value of the Member’s Units (or the portion thereof being repurchased) as of the close of business of any fiscal period, after giving effect to all allocations that are made as of such date.  When the Board of Managers determines that the Fund shall repurchase Units, notice will be provided to Members describing the terms thereof, containing information Members should consider in deciding whether to participate in the repurchase opportunity and containing information on how to participate.  Members who are deciding whether to tender Units during the period that a repurchase offer is open may ascertain the net asset value of their Units by contacting the Adviser during the period.  However, because the Fund expects to determine its net asset value only on a monthly basis, approximately one or two weeks after the end of each month, Members may not be able to obtain current information regarding the value of Units when making their decision as to whether to tender Units for repurchase.
 
The Company Agreement provides that the Fund shall be dissolved if the Units of any Member that has submitted a written request for the repurchase of its Units by the Fund, in accordance with the terms of the Company Agreement, is not repurchased by the Fund within a period of two years following the date of the request; provided, however, that dissolution shall not be required if the Fund is unable to repurchase a Member’s Units as a result of regulatory restrictions that prevent the Fund from fulfilling a repurchase request.
 
Repurchases of Units from Members by the Fund may be made, in the discretion of the Fund, and may be paid in cash or by the distribution of securities in-kind or partly in cash and partly in-kind.  However, the Fund does not expect to distribute securities in-kind except in the unlikely event that the Fund does not have sufficient cash to pay for Units that are repurchased or if making a cash payment would result in a material adverse effect on the Fund or on Members not tendering Units for repurchase.  Repurchases will be effective after receipt and acceptance by the Fund of all eligible written tenders of Units from Members.  Any in-kind distribution of securities will consist of marketable securities traded on an established securities exchange (valued in accordance with the Company Agreement), which will be distributed to all tendering Members on a pari passu basis.  Except as described above, the Fund does not impose any charges in connection with repurchases of Units.
 
 
55
 
 

 
 
 
The Fund’s ability to conduct a repurchase offer will also be dependent upon the Master Fund’s ability to conduct a repurchase offer that would provide the Fund with the liquidity necessary, and within the timeframe needed, to carry out the Fund’s repurchase offer.  Like the Fund, the Master Fund’s ability to conduct a repurchase offer will be subject to the discretion of the Master Fund Board based on considerations substantially identical to those considered by the Board of Managers and which are described above.  It is currently expected that the Adviser will recommend to the Master Fund Board that the Master Fund offer to repurchase units from its members four times each year, as of the last day of each calendar quarter.
 
Due to liquidity restraints associated with the Fund’s investments in the Master Fund, which in turn is restricted as to its ability to withdraw from Portfolio Funds and the fact that the Master Fund may have to effect withdrawals from those funds to pay for Units being repurchased, the Adviser expects that, under the procedures applicable to the repurchase of Units, Units will be valued for purposes of determining their repurchase price as of a date generally between 65 days and 95 days after the date by which Members must submit a repurchase request.
 
Repurchase Procedures
 
The amount that a Member may expect to receive on the repurchase of the Member’s Units will be the value of the Member’s Units (or portion thereof being repurchased) determined as of the effective date on which Units will be repurchased (the “Valuation Date”) and based on the net asset value of the Fund’s assets as of that date, after giving effect to all allocations to be made as of that date to the Member’s Units.  Currently, it is anticipated that the Valuation Date will generally be between 65 days and 95 days after the date by which Members must submit a repurchase request.  However, promptly after the expiration of a repurchase offer, Members whose Units are accepted for repurchase will each be given a non-interest bearing promissory note by the Fund representing the Fund’s obligation to pay a cash amount equal to the value of the repurchased Units as of the Valuation Date.  The note will entitle the repurchasing Member to receive an initial cash payment equal to 90% of the value of the repurchased Units.  Consistent with the terms of the note, this initial cash payment on the note is typically paid within 30 days from the Valuation Date.  The final cash payment on the promissory note, representing the remaining 10% of the value of the repurchased Units, will be made following the completion of the audit of the financial statements as of the end of the fiscal year in which the Valuation Date occurred.  This final cash payment effectively functions as an “audit holdback” such that following the completion of the audit, if the Fund’s net asset value as of the Valuation Date has not been adjusted, the repurchasing Members would simply receive a final cash payment equal to 10% of the value of the repurchased Units as of the Valuation Date.  In the event the completion of the audit results in an upward adjustment to the Fund’s net asset value as of the Valuation Date, the repurchasing Members will receive a payment equal to 10% of the repurchased Units as of the Valuation Date.  However, if this upward adjustment represents a change of more than half of one percent from the valuation used to determine the amount of the initial cash payment on the note, then each repurchasing Member will receive a payment equal to the difference between (i) 100% of the value of the repurchased Units using the adjusted valuation and (ii) the amount of the initial cash payment received by the Member.  In the event the completion of the audit results in a downward adjustment to the Fund’s net asset value as of the Valuation Date, each repurchasing Member will receive a payment equal to the difference between (i) 100% of the value of the repurchased Units using the adjusted valuation and (ii) the amount of the initial cash payment received by the Member.
 
Under the foregoing procedures, Members will have to decide whether to tender their Units for repurchase without the benefit of having current information regarding the value of the Units as of a date proximate to the Valuation Date.  In addition, there will be a substantial period of time between the date as of which Members must tender Units and the date they can expect to receive final cash payment for their repurchased Units.  Additionally, payments for repurchased Units may be further delayed under circumstances where the Master Fund has determined to redeem its interests in Portfolio Funds to make such payments, but has experienced significant delays in receiving payments from the Portfolio Funds.
 
If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed by Members who tender Units for repurchase, the Fund will repurchase only a pro rata portion of the Units tendered by each Member.
 
Repurchases of Units by the Fund are subject to certain regulatory requirements imposed by SEC rules and the procedures applicable to repurchases of Units as described above may be amended by the Fund in order to comply with any regulatory requirements applicable to such repurchase procedures.
 
The Fund may cancel an offer to repurchase Units (an “Offer”), amend the Offer or postpone the acceptance of tenders made pursuant to the Offer if: (a) the Fund would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in a manner that is orderly and consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies in order to purchase Units tendered pursuant to the Offer; (b) there is, in the judgment of the Board of Managers any: (i) legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging the Offer or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Fund; (ii) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by banks in the United States or the States of New York or Pennsylvania that is material to the Fund; (iii) limitation imposed by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions; (iv) suspension of trading on any organized exchange or over-the-counter market where the Fund has a material investment; (v) commencement of war, significant increase in armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States that is material to the Fund; (vi) material decrease in the net asset value of the Fund from the net asset value of the Fund as of commencement of the Offer; or (vii) other event or condition that would have a material adverse effect on the Fund or its investors if Units tendered pursuant to the Offer were purchased; or (c) the Board of Managers determines that it is not in the best interest of the Fund to purchase Units pursuant to the Offer.  However, there can be no assurance that the Fund will exercise its right to extend, amend or cancel the Offer or to postpone acceptance of tenders pursuant to the Offer.
 
 
56
 
 

 
 
 
The Fund is permitted to borrow money to meet repurchase requests.  Borrowing by the Fund involves certain risks for Members.  (See “Investment Practices and Related Risk Factors—Leverage.”)
 
Mandatory Redemption by the Fund
 
The Company Agreement provides that the Fund may redeem the Units of a Member or any person acquiring Units from or through a Member under certain circumstances, including if ownership of the Units by the Member or other person will cause the Fund or the Adviser to be in violation of certain laws or any of the representations and warranties made by a Member in connection with the acquisition of the Units was not true when made or has ceased to be true.
 
Transfers of Units
 
Except as otherwise described below, no person shall become a substituted Member without the consent of the Board of Managers, or the Adviser, which consent may be withheld for any reason in its sole discretion.  Units held by Members may be transferred only: (i) by operation of law pursuant to the death, divorce, bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or adjudication of incompetency of a Member; or (ii) with the consent of the Board of Managers (which may be withheld in its sole discretion).  Under certain circumstances, the Board of Managers has delegated to the Adviser authority to consent to transfers of Units.  The Board of Managers has also delegated to the Adviser authority to admit Members.  Notice to the Fund of any proposed transfer must include evidence satisfactory to the Board of Managers, or the Adviser, that the proposed transferee meets any requirements imposed by the Fund with respect to investor eligibility and suitability and must be accompanied by a properly completed investor certification.  The Board of Managers, or the Adviser, may not consent to a transfer of Units by a Member unless such transfer is to a single transferee or after the transfer of a portion of the Units, the investment balance of each of the transferee and transferor is not less than $50,000.  A Member who transfers Units may be charged reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, incurred by the Fund in connection with the transfer.
 
Any transferee that acquires Units in the Fund by operation of law as the result of the death, divorce, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or adjudication of incompetency of a Member or otherwise, shall be entitled to the allocations and distributions allocable to the Units so acquired, to transfer the Units in accordance with the terms of the Company Agreement and to tender the Units for repurchase by the Fund, but shall not be entitled to the other rights of a Member unless and until the transferee becomes a substituted Member as provided in the Company Agreement.  If a Member transfers Units with the approval of the Board of Managers, or the Adviser, the Fund shall promptly take all necessary actions so that each transferee or successor to whom the Units are transferred is admitted to the Fund as a Member.
 
By purchasing Units, each Member agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the Board of Managers, the Adviser, each other Member and any affiliate of the foregoing against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal or other expenses incurred in investigating or defending against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses or any judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement), joint or several, to which such persons may become subject by reason of or arising from any transfer made by that Member in violation of these provisions or any misrepresentation made by that Member in connection with any such transfer.
 
 
DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS
 
Dividends
 
The amount of any dividends the Fund pays may vary over time, depending on market conditions, the composition of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the expenses borne by the Units, any distributions made to the Fund by the Master Fund (which depends on distributions made to the Master Fund by the underlying Portfolio Funds), and applicable distribution requirements imposed on the Fund and the Master Fund by Subchapter M under the Code.  The Fund’s ability to pay dividends or make any other distributions or repurchase its Units will be restricted in the event that the Fund has asset coverage of any borrowings that is less than 300%, as required by Section 18(a) of the 1940 Act.
 
 
57
 
 

 
 
 
Capital Gains Distributions
 
The Fund may realize capital gains on the repurchase of its interests in the Master Fund (which in turn may realize capital gains on the sale of its interests in Portfolio Funds).  If it does, the Fund may make distributions out of any net short-term capital gains (taxable at ordinary income rates) or long-term capital gains, normally in December of each year.  The Fund may make supplemental distributions of dividends and capital gains following the end of its fiscal year.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will pay any capital gains distributions in a particular year.
 
Choice for Receiving Distributions
 
When you open your account, you may specify on your application how you would prefer to receive your dividends and distributions.  Because the Fund’s tax treatment would require the Fund to make certain annual distributions to Members, the Fund has established a program for the automatic reinvestment of these distributions in the Fund.  Under the program, when a Member’s distribution is reinvested, additional Units will be issued to that Member in an amount equal in value to the distribution.  Unless you provide specific instructions as to the method of payment, dividends and distributions will be automatically reinvested, without sales charge, in additional full and fractional Units.
 
Dividends and distributions are generally taxable to Members, as discussed below, whether they are reinvested in Units or received in cash.  Unless you inform the Fund otherwise, you will be enrolled automatically in the reinvestment program.  You may, at any time, elect to have dividends or distributions paid in cash, rather than reinvested in additional Units (provided that a minimum account balance of $50,000 (or $25,000 in the case of Members who are employees of the Adviser or a Selling Agent and their affiliates, and members of their immediate families and, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, as applicable, the Managers, attorneys and other professionals engaged on behalf of the Fund and members of their immediate families), as of the date that the Fund values Units for repurchase, is maintained).  If you wish to opt out of the program and to receive your dividends and distributions in cash, please contact UMB Fund Services, Inc. (“UMB”), the Fund’s transfer agent at 1-877-491-4991 to complete the necessary instructions.  Members who held Units prior to December 1, 2010 will be enrolled in this program unless they elect otherwise by notice to UMB.  You may request a copy of the automatic reinvestment program by contacting UMB at 1-877-491-4991.
 
 
TAX ASPECTS
 
The following is a summary of certain aspects of the income taxation of the Fund and its Members which should be considered by a prospective Member.  The Fund has not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”) or any other Federal, state or local agency with respect to any of the tax issues affecting the Fund, nor has it obtained an opinion of counsel with respect to any tax issues.
 
This summary of certain aspects of the Federal income tax treatment of the Fund and its Members is based upon the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury Regulations (the “Regulations”) and rulings in existence on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.  This summary does not discuss the impact of various proposals to amend the Code which could change certain of the tax consequences of an investment in the Fund.  This summary also does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular investor or to certain investors subject to special treatment under the Federal income tax laws, such as insurance companies.
 
EACH PROSPECTIVE MEMBER SHOULD CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX ADVISER IN ORDER FULLY TO UNDERSTAND THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND.
 
In addition to the particular matters set forth in this section, tax-exempt organizations should review carefully those sections of the Prospectus regarding liquidity and other financial matters to ascertain whether the investment objectives of the Fund are consistent with their overall investment plans.  Each prospective tax-exempt Member is urged to consult its own counsel regarding the acquisition of Units.
 
The Fund has elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes and to be treated as, and intends to operate in a manner to qualify as, a “regulated investment company” (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code.  Certain requirements under Subchapter M and additional information regarding the Fund’s tax treatment are described below in “Tax Treatment.”
 
 
58
 
 

 
 
 
The Master Fund has also elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes and to be treated as, and operate in a manner to qualify as, a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. The summary of certain aspects of the Federal income tax treatment of the Fund in this section “Tax Aspects” is also applicable to the Master Fund.
 
Tax Treatment
 
The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.  In each year that the Fund so qualifies and distributes to its Members at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt income, it will pay no federal income tax on the income or capital gains it distributes to its Members.  This avoids a “double tax” on that income and capital gains.  Members normally will be taxed on the dividends and capital gains they receive from the Fund (unless their Units are held in a retirement account or the Member is otherwise exempt from tax).  Tax-exempt U.S. investors will not incur unrelated business taxable income as a result of a leveraged investment by the Fund.  If, however, a tax-exempt investor finances its investment in the Fund with debt, the dividend income and capital gain distributions paid by the Fund and generally any gain realized on the sale of Units would give rise to unrelated business taxable income to such tax-exempt investor.  The Adviser will be responsible for reviewing, analyzing and interpreting the format and content of the compliance reports, and will be responsible for assessing whether the Fund is in compliance with applicable requirements under Subchapter M of the Code.
 
You should be aware of the following tax implications of investing in the Fund:
 
·
Dividends paid from net investment income and short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income.  Dividends paid from net investment taxable income that are designated by the Fund as being derived from “qualified dividend income” are taxable to individuals at the reduced rates currently applicable to long-term capital gains.  Distributions of the Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable as long-term capital gains.  It does not matter how long you have held your Units.
 
·
Every calendar year the Fund will send you and the IRS a statement showing the amount of any taxable dividends, including the amount that qualifies as qualified dividend income, and other distributions the Fund paid to you in the previous calendar year.  The tax information the Fund sends you will separately identify any long-term capital gains distribution the Fund paid to you.
 
·
Because the Unit prices fluctuate, you may have a capital gain or loss when your Units are repurchased or you exchange them.  A capital gain or loss is the difference between the price you paid for the Units and the price you received when they were accepted for repurchase or exchange.  Generally, when Units you have tendered are repurchased, you must recognize any capital gain or loss on those Units.  Capital gains will be long-term or short-term depending on how long you have held the Units.
 
·
If you buy Units on the date or just before the date the Fund declares a dividend, a portion of the purchase price for the Units will be returned to you as a taxable distribution.
 
Returns of Capital Can Occur.  In certain cases, distributions made by the Fund may be considered a non-taxable return of capital to Members.  The Fund will identify returns of capital in Member notices.
 
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
 
As a regulated investment company, the Fund is not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income, as that term is defined in the Code, and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to Members.  Qualification as a RIC enables the Fund to “pass through” its distributed income and net capital gains to Members without the Fund having to pay tax on them.  The Code contains a number of complex tests relating to qualification that the Fund might not meet in a particular year.  If the Fund does not qualify as a RIC during any period, it may be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as an ordinary corporation and may receive no tax deduction for payments made to Members during that period.
 
To qualify as a regulated investment company eligible for such pass through treatment, the Fund must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt income for the taxable year.  The Fund must also satisfy certain other requirements of the Code, some of which are described below.  Distributions by the Fund made during the taxable year or, under specified circumstances, within twelve months after the close of the taxable year, will be considered distributions of income and gains for the taxable year and will therefore count toward satisfaction of the above-mentioned requirement.
 
 
59
 
 

 
 
 
To qualify as a regulated investment company eligible for pass through treatment, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies (to the extent such currency gains are directly related to the regulated investment company’s principal business of investing in stock or securities), other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code).
 
In addition to satisfying the requirements described above, the Fund must satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a regulated investment company.  Under that test, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of “other issuers.” As to each of those “other issuers,” the Fund must not have invested more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets in securities of any such issuer and the Fund must not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any such issuer.  In addition, no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in (i) the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (ii) in two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (iii) the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.  For purposes of this test, obligations issued or guaranteed by certain agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government are treated as U.S. Government securities.  Because the Fund invests substantially all of its assets in the Master Fund, the Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC depends on the Master Fund’s qualification as a RIC.
 
Satisfaction of the various tests that must be met to maintain the Fund’s and the Master Fund’s tax status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code requires significant support from the underlying Portfolio Funds.  In addition, as a related matter, the Fund and the Master Fund are required each December to make certain “excise tax” calculations based on income and gain information that must be obtained from the underlying Portfolio Funds.  The risks of not receiving accurate information from the Portfolio Funds include failing to satisfy the Subchapter M qualification tests and incurring the excise tax on undistributed income.
 
Based on the recently enacted Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 (the “Modernization Act”), there is a remedy for a failure of the Subchapter M asset diversification test, if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, subject to certain divestiture and procedural requirements and the payment of a tax.  The Modernization Act also sets forth a de minimis exception to a potential failure of the Subchapter M asset diversification test that would require corrective action but no tax.  In addition, the Modernization Act allows for the remedy of a failure of the source-of-income requirement, if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, subject to certain procedural requirements and the payment of a tax.
 
Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies
 
Under the Code, by December 31 of each year, the Fund must distribute, or be deemed to have distributed, an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income earned from January 1 through December 31 of that year, (2) 98.2% of its capital gains realized in the period from November 1 of the prior year through October 31 of the current year, and (3) all such ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years.  If it does not, the Fund must pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the amounts not distributed.  It is presently anticipated that the Fund will meet those requirements.  To meet these requirements, the Fund might, in certain circumstances, be required to liquidate investments to make sufficient distributions.  However, the Board and the Adviser might determine in a particular year that it would be in the best interests of Members for the Fund not to make such distributions at the required levels and to pay the excise tax on the undistributed amounts.  That would reduce the amount of income or capital gains available for distribution to Members.
 
Failure to Qualify as a Regulated Investment Company
 
If, in any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, the Fund will (assuming the remedies previously discussed are not exercised) be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its Members will not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income.  In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, will (assuming the remedies previously discussed are not exercised) constitute dividends, which will generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate Members.  Furthermore, in such event, individual Members of the Fund would generally be able to treat such distributions as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced rates of U.S. Federal income taxation.
 
 
60
 
 

 
 
 
Distributions
 
Dividends paid out of the Fund’s investment company taxable income will be taxable to a Member as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits, whether such dividends are paid in cash or reinvested in additional Units.  If a portion of the Fund’s income consists of dividends paid by U.S. corporations (other than REITs), a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to corporate Members may be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.  In addition, distributions of investment company taxable income that are designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income are taxed to individuals at the reduced rates currently applicable to long-term capital gain.  Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from foreign corporations that meet certain specified criteria.  Certain holding period and other requirements must be met by both the Member and the Fund for distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction or the preferential individual tax rates that apply to qualified dividend income, as the case may be.  Distributions of net capital gain, if any, designated as capital gain dividends are taxable to a Member as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the Member has held Units.  The maximum tax rate applicable to long-term capital gain of individuals is 20%.  A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a Member as a return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the Member’s basis in its Units.  To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the Member’s basis in its Units, the excess will be treated by the Member as gain from a sale or exchange of the Units.  Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Units.
 
The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained.  In such case, it may designate the retained amount as  undistributed  capital  gains in a notice to its Members,  who will be  treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each Member will (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for its Units by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
 
Dividends designated by the Fund and received by corporate Members of the Fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction to the extent of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year.  A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (1) if the Fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid, (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, or (3) to the extent the stock on which the dividend is paid is treated as debt financed.  Moreover, the dividends received deduction may be disallowed or reduced if the corporate Member fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to Units or by applications of the Code.
 
 
 
61
 
 

 

 
Members will be notified annually as to the U.S. Federal income tax status of distributions, and Members receiving distributions in the form of additional Units will receive a report as to the net asset value of those Units.
 
Sale or Exchange of Units
 
Upon the sale or other disposition of Units (including through the repurchase of Units by the Fund) that a Member holds as a capital asset, the Member may realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the Member’s adjusted tax basis in the Units sold.  Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the Member’s holding period for the Units.  Generally, a Member’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the Units have been held for more than one year.
 
Any loss realized on a sale or other disposition will be disallowed to the extent that the Units disposed of are replaced (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after disposition of the Units.  In such a case, the basis of the Units acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.  Any loss realized by a Member on a disposition of Units held by the Member for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gains distributions received by the Member (or amounts credited as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such Units.
 
Under Treasury regulations, if a Member recognizes a loss with respect to Units of $2 million or more for an individual Member or $10 million or more for a corporate Member, the Member must attach to its tax return and also separately file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886.  Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, owners of a regulated investment company are not excepted.  Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to owners of most or all regulated investment companies.  The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.  Members should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their particular circumstances.
 
Hedging and Derivatives Transactions
 
In the event that hedging and derivatives transactions are entered into by the Master Fund or the Portfolio Funds, certain of these transactions could be subject to special and complex U.S. Federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Master Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur and (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain  complex  financial  transactions.  These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to the Fund and its Members.  The Master Fund will attempt to monitor these transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.
 
Other Investments
 
The Master Fund or the Portfolio Funds may invest in debt obligations purchased at a discount with the result that the Master Fund may be required to accrue income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes before amounts due under the obligations are paid.  The Master Fund or the Portfolio Funds may also invest in domestic and foreign “high yield” securities.  A portion of the interest payments on such high yield securities may be treated as dividends for certain U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
 
As a result of investing in securities purchased at a discount or any other investment that produces income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Master Fund, the Master Fund could be required to include in current income amounts it has not yet received.  Any such income would be treated as income earned by the Master Fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code.  This might prevent the Master Fund from distributing 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required in order to avoid fund-level U.S. Federal income taxation on all of its income, or might prevent the Master Fund from distributing enough ordinary income and capital gain net income to avoid completely the imposition of the excise tax.  To avoid this result, the Master Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to be able to make distributions to its Members.
 
Passive Foreign Investment Companies
 
If the Master Fund or the Portfolio Funds purchase shares in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), the Master Fund may be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Master Fund to its Members.  Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Master Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.  If the Master Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), the Master Fund would be required, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if not distributed to the Master Fund.  The Fund may not be able to make this election with respect to many PFICs because of certain requirements that the PFICs would have to satisfy.  Alternatively, the Master Fund could elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC.  In this case, the Master Fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value, to the extent it did not exceed prior increases in income.  Under either election, the Master Fund might be required to recognize income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during the applicable year and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirement and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax (described above).
 
 
62
 
 

 
 
 
Investments Through Subsidiaries
 
To facilitate investments that the Adviser believes to be attractive in a manner consistent with RIC qualification requirements, the Master Fund also may make investments through subsidiaries, including through U.S. corporate subsidiaries.  The net income of a U.S. corporate subsidiary will generally be subject to federal income tax at a rate of 35%, in addition to potential state and local income taxes.
 
Section 1256 Contracts
 
The Code generally applies a “mark to market” system of taxing unrealized gains and losses on, and otherwise provides for special rules of taxation with respect to, Section 1256 Contracts.  A Section 1256 Contract includes certain regulated futures contracts, certain non-U.S. currency forward contracts, and certain listed non-equity options.  Section 1256 Contracts held by the Master Fund or a Portfolio Fund at the end of a taxable year of the Master Fund will be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as if they were sold by the Master Fund at their fair market value on the last business day of the taxable year.  The net gain or loss, if any, resulting from these deemed sales (known as “marking to market”), together with any gain or loss resulting from any actual sales of Section 1256 Contracts (or other termination of the Master Fund’s obligations under such contract), must be taken into account by the Master Fund in computing its taxable income for the year.  Capital gains and losses from Section 1256 Contracts generally are characterized as short-term capital gains or losses to the extent of 40% of the gains or losses and as long-term capital gains or losses to the extent of 60% of the gains or losses.
 
Medicare Tax
 
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, individuals, estates and trusts will be subject to a Medicare tax of 3.8% on “net investment income” (or undistributed “net investment income”, in the case of estates and trusts) for each such taxable year, with such tax applying to the lesser of such income or the excess of such person’s adjusted gross income (with certain adjustments) over a specified amount.2  Net investment income includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties and rents and net gain attributable to the disposition of investment property.  It is anticipated that net income and gain attributable to an investment in the Fund will be included in a Member’s “net investment income” subject to this Medicare tax.
 
Unrelated Business Taxable Income
 
Generally, an exempt organization is exempt from U.S. Federal income tax on its passive investment income, such as dividends, interest and capital gains.  This general exemption from tax does not apply to the “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) of an exempt organization.  Generally, income and gain derived by an exempt organization from the ownership and sale of debt-financed property is UBTI and, thus, taxable in the proportion to which such property is financed by “acquisition indebtedness” during the relevant period of time.  Tax-exempt U.S. investors will not incur UBTI as a result of leveraged investment activities on the part of the Fund, the Master Fund or a Portfolio Fund although a tax-exempt investor may incur UBTI if it borrows to acquire Units.  Tax-exempt U.S. investors may be subject to UBTI on excess inclusion income allocated to such investor as a result of an investment by the Fund in certain real estate investment trusts.  Tax-exempt U.S. persons are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. Federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund.
 
 
_____________
2 The amount is $250,000 for married individuals filing jointly, $125,000 for married individuals filing separately, $200,000 for other individuals and the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket for estates and trusts begins.
 
 
 
63
 
 

 
 
 
Foreign Taxes
 
Investment income that may be received by the Fund, the Master Fund or a Portfolio Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign taxes withheld at the source.  Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.  The Fund will not be eligible to “pass through” to its Members the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund, the Master Fund or a Portfolio Fund for foreign tax credit purposes.
 
Backup Withholding
 
The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. Federal income tax at a 28% rate from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to Members who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding.  Corporate Members and certain other Members specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding.  This withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amounts withheld may be credited against the Member’s U.S. Federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
Foreign Members
 
U.S. federal income taxation of a Member who with respect to the United States is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate, a foreign corporation or foreign partnership (a “Foreign Member”) depends on whether the income of the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Member.
 
Except as provided below, if the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Foreign Member, distributions of investment company taxable income (other than distributions that consist of long-term capital gains) will be subject to a U.S. federal income tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions.
 
For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, properly designated dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year).  In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Foreign Member will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8).  There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for  favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
 
If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a Foreign Member, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gains distributions, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of Units will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations.  A corporate Foreign Member may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.
 
In the case of a Foreign Member, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the Foreign Member certifies his foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.  See “Backup Withholding,” above.
 
Recent legislation generally imposes withholding at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities (including financial intermediaries) of dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of U.S. common stock, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied. Members should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in the Fund.
 
The tax consequences to a Foreign Member entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein.  Foreign Members are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
 
 
64
 
 

 
 
 
Cost Basis Reporting
 
As part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Fund is required to report to Members and the Internal Revenue Service the “cost basis” of Units and the character of realized gains and losses attributable to Units acquired by a Member on or after January 1, 2012 (“Covered Units”) and subsequently repurchased.  These requirements do not apply to investments through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement plan.  The “cost basis” of a Unit is generally its purchase price adjusted for dividend reinvestments, return of capital, and other corporate actions.  Cost basis is used to determine whether a sale of the Units results in a gain or loss.  If a Member has Covered Units repurchased during any year, then the Fund will report the cost basis of such Covered Units to the IRS and the Member on Form 1099-B.
 
The Fund will permit Members to elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods to calculate the cost basis in their Covered Units.  If a Member does not affirmatively elect a cost basis method, then the Fund’s default cost basis calculation method, which is currently the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method, will be applied to its account.  The cost basis method elected or applied may not be changed after the settlement date of a sale of Units.
 
If a Member hold Units through a broker, the Member should contact that broker with respect to the reporting of cost basis and available elections for its account.
 
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding specific questions about application of the new cost basis reporting rules and, in particular, which cost basis calculation method to elect.
 
Other Taxation
 
Members may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions and on the repurchase of Units.
 
The foregoing is a brief summary of certain material income tax matters that are pertinent to prospective investors.  The summary is not, and is not intended to be, a complete analysis of all provisions of the U.S. Federal income tax law which may have an effect on such investments.  This analysis is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.  Accordingly, prospective investors are urged to consult their own respective tax advisors with respect to their own respective tax situations and the effects of this investment thereon.
 
 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
General
 
Persons who are fiduciaries with respect to a U.S. employee benefit plan or trust within the meaning of, and subject to, the provisions of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) (an “ERISA Plan”), an individual retirement account or a Keogh plan subject solely to the provisions of the Code3 (an “Individual Retirement Fund”) should consider, among other things, the matters described below before determining whether to invest in the Fund.
 
_____________
3 References hereinafter made to ERISA include parallel references to the Code.
 
 
65
 
 

 
 
 
ERISA imposes certain general and specific responsibilities on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to an ERISA Plan, including prudence, diversification, avoidance of prohibited transactions and compliance with other standards.  In determining whether a particular investment is appropriate for an ERISA Plan, U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”) regulations provide that a fiduciary of an ERISA Plan must give appropriate consideration to, among other things, the role that the investment plays in the ERISA Plan’s portfolio, taking into consideration whether the investment is designed reasonably to further the ERISA Plan’s purposes, the risk and return factors of the potential investment, the portfolio’s composition with regard to diversification, the liquidity and current return of the total portfolio relative to the anticipated cash flow needs of the ERISA Plan, the projected return of the total portfolio relative to the ERISA Plan’s funding objectives, and the limitation on the rights of investors to redeem all or any portion of their Units or to transfer their Units.  Before investing the assets of an ERISA Plan in the Fund, a fiduciary should determine whether such an investment is consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities and the foregoing regulations.  For example, a fiduciary should consider whether an investment in the Fund may be too illiquid or too speculative for a particular ERISA Plan and whether the assets of the ERISA Plan would be sufficiently diversified.  If a fiduciary with respect to any such ERISA Plan breaches its responsibilities with regard to selecting an investment or an investment course of action for such ERISA Plan, the fiduciary may be held personally liable for losses incurred by the ERISA Plan as a result of such breach.
 
Plan Assets Defined
 
ERISA and applicable DOL regulations describe when the underlying assets of an entity in which benefit plan investors (“Benefit Plan Investors”) invest are treated as “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA.  Under ERISA, the term Benefit Plan Investors is defined to include an “employee benefit plan” that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, a “plan” that is subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, and entities the assets of which are treated as “plan assets” by reason of investment therein by Benefit Plan Investors.
 
Under ERISA, as a general rule, when an ERISA Plan invests assets in another entity, the ERISA Plan’s assets include its investment, but do not, solely by reason of such investment, include any of the underlying assets of the entity.  However, when an ERISA Plan acquires an “equity interest” in an entity that is neither: (a) a “publicly offered security;” nor (b) a security issued by an investment fund registered under the 1940 Act, then the ERISA Plan’s assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of the entity, unless it is established that: (i) the entity is an “operating company;” or (ii) the equity participation in the entity by Benefit Plan Investors is limited.
Under ERISA, the assets of an entity will not be treated as “plan assets” if Benefit Plan Investors hold less than 25% (or such higher percentage as may be specified in regulations promulgated by the DOL) of the value of each class of equity interests in the entity.  Equity interests held by a person with discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity and equity interests held by a person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets or any affiliate of any such person (other than a Benefit Plan Investor) are not considered for purposes of determining whether the assets of an entity will be treated as “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA.  The Benefit Plan Investor percentage of ownership test applies at the time of an acquisition by any person of the equity interests.  In addition, an advisory opinion of the DOL takes the position that a redemption of an equity interest by an investor constitutes the acquisition of an equity interest by the remaining investors (through an increase in their percentage ownership of the remaining equity interests), thus triggering an application of the Benefit Plan Investor percentage of ownership test at the time of the redemption.
 
Plan Asset Consequences
 
The Board of Managers anticipates that the investments in the Fund by Benefit Plan Investors may equal or exceed 25% of the value of the Units.  However, because the Fund is registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, the assets of the Fund should not be treated as “plan assets” of the ERISA Plans investing in the Fund for purposes of ERISA’s fiduciary responsibility and ERISA’s and the Code’s prohibited transaction rules.  Thus, neither the Board of Managers nor the Adviser will be a fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA by reason of its authority with respect to the Fund.  In addition, under the regulation, because the Fund is registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, it will not be considered to be a Benefit Plan Investor.
 
Representations by Plans
 
An ERISA Plan proposing to invest in the Fund will be required to represent that it is, and any fiduciaries responsible for the ERISA Plan’s investments are, aware of, and understand, both the Fund’s investment objective, policies and strategies, and that the decision to invest plan assets in the Fund was made with appropriate consideration of relevant investment factors with regard to the ERISA Plan and is consistent with the duties and responsibilities imposed upon fiduciaries with regard to their investment decisions under ERISA.
 
WHETHER OR NOT THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF THE FUND ARE TREATED AS “PLAN ASSETS” UNDER ERISA, AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND BY AN ERISA PLAN IS SUBJECT TO ERISA.  ACCORDINGLY, FIDUCIARIES OF ERISA PLANS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER ERISA OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND.
 
ERISA Plans and Individual Retirement Fund Having Prior Relationships with the members of the Adviser and/or any of its Affiliates
 
Certain prospective ERISA Plan and Individual Retirement Fund investors may currently maintain relationships with the members of the Adviser and/or its affiliates.  Each of such persons may be deemed to be a party in interest to, and/or a fiduciary of, any ERISA Plan or Individual Retirement Fund to which any of them provide investment management, investment advisory or other services.  ERISA prohibits ERISA Plan assets to be used for the benefit of a party in interest and also prohibits an ERISA Plan fiduciary from using its position to cause the ERISA Plan to make an investment from which it or certain third parties in which such fiduciary has an interest would receive a fee or other consideration.  Similar provisions are imposed by the Code with respect to Individual Retirement Funds.  ERISA Plan and Individual Retirement Fund investors should consult with counsel to determine if participation in the Fund is a transaction which is prohibited by ERISA or the Code.
 
The provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to extensive and continuing administrative and judicial interpretation and review.  The discussion of ERISA and the Code contained in this Prospectus is general and may be affected by future publication of regulations and rulings.  Potential Benefit Plan Members should consult their legal advisers regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Code relevant to the acquisition and ownership of Units.
 
 
66
 
 

 
 

 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND SUMMARY OF
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
 
The following is a summary description of additional items and of select provisions of the Company Agreement which may not be described elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The description of such items and provisions is not definitive and reference should be made to the complete text of the Company Agreement, which is attached hereto as Appendix A.
 
Member Units
 
Persons who purchase Units in the offering being made hereby will be Members.  The Adviser and its affiliates may contribute capital to and maintain an investment in the Fund, and to that extent will be Members of the Fund.
 
Liability of Members
 
Under Delaware law and the Company Agreement, each Member will be liable for the debts and obligations of the Fund only to the extent of any contributions to the capital of the Fund (plus any accretions in value thereto prior to withdrawal) and a Member, in the sole discretion of the Board of Managers, may be obligated: (i) to satisfy withholding tax obligations with respect to such Members; or (ii) to return to the Fund amounts distributed to the Member in accordance with the Company Agreement in certain circumstances where after giving effect to the distribution, certain liabilities of the Fund exceed the fair market value of the Fund’s assets.
 
Liability of Managers
 
The Company Agreement provides that a Manager shall not be liable to the Fund or any of the Members for any loss or damage occasioned by any act or omission in the performance of the Manager’s services as such in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Manager’s office.  The Company Agreement also contains provisions for the indemnification, to the extent permitted by law, of a Manager by the Fund (but not by the Members individually) against any liability and expense to which the Manager may be liable which arise in connection with the performance of the Manager’s activities on behalf of the Fund.  Managers shall not be personally liable to any Member for the repayment of any account balance or for contributions by the Member to the capital of the Fund or by reason of any change in the Federal or state income tax laws applicable to the Fund or its investors.  The rights of indemnification and exculpation provided under the Company Agreement shall not be construed so as to provide for indemnification of a Manager for any liability (including liability under Federal securities laws which, under certain circumstances, impose liability even on persons that act in good faith), to the extent (but only to the extent) that such indemnification would be in violation of applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the applicable provisions of the Company Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
Amendment of the Company Agreement
 
The Company Agreement may generally be amended, in whole or in part, with the approval of the Board of Managers (including the vote of a majority of the Independent Managers, if required by the 1940 Act) and without the approval of the Members unless the approval of Members is required by the 1940 Act.  However, certain amendments to the Company Agreement may not be made without the written consent of any Member adversely affected thereby or unless each Member has received written notice of the amendment and any Member objecting to the amendment has been allowed a reasonable opportunity (pursuant to any procedures as may be prescribed by the Board of Managers) to tender all of its Units for repurchase by the Fund.
 
Power-of-Attorney
 
By purchasing Units, each Member will appoint each of the Managers his or her attorney-in-fact for purposes of filing required certificates and documents relating to the formation and maintenance of the Fund as a limited liability company under Delaware law or signing all instruments effecting authorized changes in the Fund or the Company Agreement and conveyances and other instruments deemed necessary to effect the dissolution or termination of the Fund.
 
The power-of-attorney granted as part of each Member’s investor certification is a special power-of-attorney and is coupled with an interest in favor of the Board of Managers and as such shall be irrevocable and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death or incapacity of any Member granting the power-of-attorney, and shall survive the delivery of a transfer by a Member of all or any portion of its Units, except that where the transferee thereof has been approved by the Board of Managers for admission to the Fund as a substitute Member, or upon the withdrawal of a Member from the Fund pursuant to a periodic tender or otherwise this power-of-attorney given by the transferor shall terminate.
 
 
67
 
 

 
 
 
 
REPORTS TO MEMBERS
 
The Fund will furnish to Members as soon as practicable after the end of each taxable year such information as is necessary for them to complete their income tax or information returns, along with any other tax information required by law.
 
The Fund sends Members an unaudited semi-annual and an audited annual report within 60 days after the close of the period for which the report is being made, or as otherwise required by the 1940 Act.  Members also will be sent quarterly reports regarding the Fund’s operations after the end of each quarter.  Any Member may request from the Adviser an estimate, based on unaudited data, of the net asset value of the Fund as of the end of any calendar month.
 
The Fund’s financial statements and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon, appearing in the Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 are included in the Fund’s SAI, which is available upon request from the Fund.  The Annual Report is filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 30(b) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and contains schedules of the Fund’s portfolio investments as of March 31, 2015, and certain other financial information.
 
The audited financial information for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included in this Prospectus under the caption “Financial Highlights” has been so included in reliance on the consent of [__] given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
 
TERM, DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
The Fund shall be dissolved:
 
·
upon the affirmative vote to dissolve the Fund by: (1) the Board of Managers or (2) Members holding at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members;
 
·
upon the failure of Members to elect successor Managers at a meeting called by the Adviser when no Manager remains to continue the business of the Fund;
 
·
upon the expiration of any two-year period which commences on the date on which any Member has submitted, in accordance with the terms of the Company Agreement, a written notice to the Fund requesting the repurchase of all of its Units by the Fund if those Units have not been repurchased by the Fund; or
 
·
as required by operation of law.
 
Upon the occurrence of any event of dissolution, the Board of Managers or the Adviser, acting as liquidator under appointment by the Board of Managers (or another liquidator, if the Board of Managers does not appoint the Adviser to act as liquidator or is unable to perform this function) is charged with winding up the affairs of the Fund and liquidating its assets.
 
Upon the liquidation of the Fund, its assets will be distributed: (i) first to satisfy the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Fund (other than debts to Members) including actual or anticipated liquidation expenses; (ii) next to repay debts owing to the Members; and (iii) finally to the Members in proportion to the relative number of Units held by such Members.  Assets may be distributed in-kind on a pro rata basis if the Board of Managers or liquidator determines that the distribution of assets in-kind would be in the interests of the Members in facilitating an orderly liquidation.
 
 
FISCAL YEAR
 
For accounting purposes, the Fund’s fiscal year is the 12-month period ending on March 31.  The 12-month period ending October 31 of each year is the taxable year of the Fund.
 
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers and the Audit Committee have selected [__] as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund.  The independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for auditing the annual financial statements of the Fund.  The principal business address of [__] is located at [__].
 
 
LEGAL COUNSEL
 
Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, 1177 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, serves as U.S. legal counsel to the Fund.  The firm also acts as U.S. legal counsel to the Master Fund.
 
 
68
 
 

 
 
 
 
INQUIRIES
 
You may request a copy of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to Members and the SAI by calling the telephone number below.  Inquiries concerning the Fund and Units (including information concerning purchase and withdrawal procedures) should be directed to:
 
Craig Krawiec
 
Arden Asset Management LLC
 
375 Park Avenue
 
32nd Floor
 
New York, New York 10152
 
Telephone: (212) 751-5252
 
Telecopier: (212) 751-8546
 
*  *  *  *  *
 
All potential investors in the Fund are encouraged to consult appropriate legal and tax counsel.
 
 
 
 
 
69
 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF SAI
 
 
                                                                                                                                                      
 
  SAI Page
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  1
      
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FUND [  ]*
      
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE MASTER FUND [  ]*
 
 
___________________________
* To be filed by amendment.
* To be filed by amendment.

 
70
 
 

 
 
 
APPENDIX A
 
 


____________________________________
 
ARDEN SAGE MULTI-STRATEGY FUND, L.L.C.
 
(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)
____________________________________
 
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY
 
COMPANY AGREEMENT
 
Dated as of October 1, 2011
____________________________________
 

375 Park Avenue
32nd Floor
New York, New York  10152
(212) 751-5252
 
 
 
A-i
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
   Page
 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS  1
 ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION; ADMISSION OF MEMBERS  5
     2.1 Formation of Limited Liability Company  5
     2.2 Name  5
     2.3 Principal and Registered Office  5
     2.4 Duration  5
     2.5 Business of the Company  5
     2.6 Board of Managers  5
     2.7 Members  6
     2.8 Organizational Member  6
     2.9 Both Managers and Members  6
     2.10 Limited Liability  6
 ARTICLE III MANAGEMENT  7
     3.1 Management and Control  7
     3.2 Actions by the Board of Managers  7
     3.3 Officers  7
     3.4 Meetings of Members  8
     3.5 Custody of Assets of the Company  9
     3.6 Other Activities of Members and Managers  9
     3.7 Duty of Care  9
     3.8 Indemnification  9
     3.9 Fees, Expenses and Reimbursement  10
 ARTICLE IV TERMINATION OF STATUS OR REMOVAL OF ADVISER AND MANAGERS; TRANSFERS AND REPURCHASES  11
     4.1 Termination of Status of the Adviser  11
     4.2 Termination of Status of a Manager  11
     4.3 Removal of the Managers  11
     4.4 Transfer of Units of Members  12
     4.5 Repurchase of Units  12
 ARTICLE V CAPITAL  14
     5.1 [Removed and Reserved]  14
     5.2 Rights of Members to Capital  14
     5.3 [Removed and Reserved]  14
    5.4 [Removed and Reserved]  14
     5.5 [Removed and Reserved]  14
     5.6 [Removed and Reserved]  14
     5.7 [Removed and Reserved]  14
     5.8 [Removed and Reserved]  14
    5.9 [Removed and Reserved]  14
     5.10 Withholding  14
 ARTICLE VI SUBCHAPTER M TRANSITION; UNITS  15
     6.1 Units  15
 ARTICLE VII DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION  17
     7.1 Dissolution  17
     7.2 Liquidation of Assets  17
 ARTICLE VIII ACCOUNTING, VALUATIONS AND BOOKS AND RECORDS  17
     8.1 Accounting and Reports  17
     8.2 [Removed and Reserved]  18
     8.3 Valuation of Assets  18
 ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS  18
     9.1 Amendment of Limited Liability Company Agreement  18
     9.2 Special Power of Attorney  19
   
 

 
A-ii
 
 

 

 
 
 
     9.3 Notices  20
     9.4 Agreement Binding Upon Successors and Assigns  20
    9.5 Applicability of 1940 Act and Form N-2  20
     9.6 Choice of Law; Arbitration  20
     9.7 Not for Benefit of Creditors  21
     9.8 Consents  21
     9.9 Merger and Consolidation  21
     9.10 Pronouns  21
     9.11 Confidentiality  21
     9.12 Severability  22
     9.13 Filing of Returns  22
     9.14 Tax Election  22
     9.15 [Removed and Reserved]  22
     9.16 [Removed and Reserved]  22
 
 
 
A-ii
 
 

 
 

 
ARDEN SAGE MULTI-STRATEGY FUND, L.L.C.
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
 
THIS FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. (the “Company”) is amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2011, by and among Charles S. Crow III, Richard B. Gross, David C. Reed and Craig Krawiec, and those persons hereinafter admitted as Members.
 
W I T N E S S E T H :
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore been formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act pursuant to an initial Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) dated and filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 8, 2005;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore been governed by an initial Limited Liability Company Agreement dated June 8, 2005 executed by Timothy J. Stewart, in his capacity as the Initial Manager and the Organizational Member;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore been governed by a First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated November 1, 2005 executed by and among Charles S. Crow III, Richard B. Gross, David C. Reed and Timothy J. Stewart and those persons thereafter admitted as Members;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore been governed by a Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated January 13, 2006 executed by and among Charles S. Crow III, Richard B. Gross, David C. Reed and Timothy J. Stewart and those persons thereafter admitted as Members;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore been governed by a Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated May 4, 2006 executed by and among Charles S. Crow III, Richard B. Gross, David C. Reed and Timothy J. Stewart and those persons thereafter admitted as Members; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore been governed by a Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated August 25, 2010 (the “Fourth Amended and Restated Agreement”) executed by and among Charles S. Crow III, Richard B. Gross, David C. Reed and Timothy J. Stewart and those persons thereafter admitted as Members; and
 
WHEREAS, the Managers of the Company have determined to amend the Fourth Amended and Restated Agreement under the authority granted them pursuant to Section 8.1 thereof;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, it is hereby agreed as follows:
 
______________________

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
______________________
For purposes of this Agreement:
 
 
 
A-1
 
 

 
 

Administrator
The person who provides administrative services to the Company pursuant to an administrative services agreement.
 
Adviser
The person who at any particular time serves as the investment adviser to the Company pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement.
 
Advisers Act
The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any successor law.
 
Affiliate
An affiliated person, as such term is defined by the 1940 Act, of a person.
 
Agreement
This Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended from time to time.
 
Board of Managers
The Board of Managers established pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof.
 
Certificate
The Certificate of Formation of the Company and any amendments thereto as filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware.
 
Closing Date
The first date on or as of which a Member other than the Organizational Member is admitted to the Company.
 
Code
The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor law.
 
Company
The limited liability company governed hereby, as such limited liability company may from time to time be constituted.
 
Delaware Act
The Delaware Limited Liability Company Act as in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time, or any successor law.
 
Fiscal Period
The period commencing on the Closing Date, and thereafter each period commencing on the day immediately following the last day of the preceding Fiscal Period, and ending at the close of business on the first to occur of the following dates:
 
 
(1)the last day of a Fiscal Year;
 
 
(2)the last day of a taxable year (if that day is not the last day of a Fiscal Year);
 
 
(3)the day preceding any day as of which the Company issues Units; or
 
 
(4)any day on which the Company repurchases any Units of any Member.
 
Fiscal Year
The period originally commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 2006, and thereafter each period commencing on April 1 of each year and ending on March 31 of each year (or on the date of a final distribution pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof), unless and until the Board of Managers shall elect another fiscal year for the Company.
 
Form N-2
The Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as amended from time to time.
 
Independent Managers
Those Managers who are not “interested persons,” as such term is defined by the 1940 Act, of the Company.
 
Investment Advisory Agreement
A separate written agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to which the Adviser provides Management Services to the Company.
 
 
 
A-2
 
 

 
 
 
Investment Funds
Unregistered investment funds and registered investment companies.
 
Management Services
Such investment advisory and other services as the Adviser is required to provide to the Company pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement as contemplated by Section 3.9(a) hereof.
 
Manager
An individual designated as a Manager of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6 hereof and who serves on the Board of Managers of the Company.
 
Master Fund
The registered Investment Fund into which the Company invests substantially all of its assets.
 
Member
Any person who shall have been admitted to the Company as a member (including any Manager in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company but excluding any Manager in such person’s capacity as a Manager of the Company) until the Company repurchases all of the Units of such person as a member pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof or a substituted Member or Members are admitted with respect to all of any such person’s Units as a member pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof; such term includes the Adviser to the extent the Adviser purchases or holds Units and shall have been admitted to the Company as a member.
 
Net Assets
The total value of all assets of the Company, less an amount equal to all accrued debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, calculated before giving effect to any repurchases of Units to be effected as of the date such value is determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
1940 Act
The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any successor law.
 
Officer
An individual designated as an officer of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof and who serves as an officer of the Company.
 
Organizational Member
Timothy J. Stewart
 
Securities
Securities (including, without limitation, equities, debt obligations, options, and other “securities” as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act) and any contracts for forward or future delivery of any security, debt obligation or currency, or commodity, all types of derivative instruments and financial instruments and any contracts based on any index or group of securities, debt obligations or currencies, or commodities, and any options thereon, as well as investments in registered investment companies and private investment funds.
 
Subchapter M Transition
That certain close of the Company’s books as a partnership for Federal tax purposes to occur on (or on the day before) the effective date of the Company’s election to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal tax purposes.
 
Taxable Year
The 12-month period ending October 31 of each year.
 
 
 
A-3
 
 

 
 
 
Transfer
The assignment, transfer, sale, encumbrance, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of Units, including any right to receive any allocations and distributions attributable to such Units.
 
Units
Each of the proportionate shares into which the limited liability company interests of all Members in the aggregate are divided, each of which represents an interest in the Company that is equal in all respects to all other Units and as to which the holder thereof has the such appurtenant rights and obligations as are set forth in this Agreement, and including fractional Units.
 
Valuation Date
A day as of which the Company determines the value of its Net Assets, which shall include, but not be limited to any day as of which the Company repurchases Units.
 
 
 
A-4
 
 

 

 
_________________________
 

 
ARTICLE II
 

 
ORGANIZATION; ADMISSION OF MEMBERS
 
_________________________
 
2.1           Formation of Limited Liability Company.
 
The Board of Managers shall execute and file in accordance with the Delaware Act any amendment to the Certificate and shall execute and file with applicable governmental authorities any other instruments, documents and certificates that, in the opinion of the Company’s legal counsel, may from time to time be required by the laws of the United States of America, the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof, or that such legal counsel may deem necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement and continue the valid existence and business of the Company.
 
2.2           Name.
 
The name of the Company shall be “Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.” or such other name as the Board of Managers may hereafter adopt upon (i) causing an appropriate amendment to the Certificate to be filed in accordance with the Delaware Act and (ii) taking such other actions as may be required by law.
 
2.3           Principal and Registered Office.
 
The Company shall have its principal office at 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, NY  10152, or at such other place designated from time to time by the Board of Managers.
 
 
The Company shall have its registered office in Delaware at 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901, and shall have National Corporate Research, Ltd. as its registered agent for service of process in Delaware, unless and until a different registered office or agent is designated by the Board of Managers.
 
2.4           Duration.
 
The term of the Company commenced on the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware and shall continue until the Company is dissolved pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof.
 
2.5           Business of the Company.
 
(a)           The business of the Company is to purchase, sell (including short sales), invest and trade in Securities, on margin or otherwise, and to engage in any financial or derivative transactions relating thereto or otherwise.  The Company may execute, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, purchase orders and other undertakings and engage in all activities and transactions as may in the opinion of the Board of Managers be necessary or advisable to carry out its objective or business.  The Company shall be operated subject to any applicable restrictions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.
 
(b)           The Company shall operate as a closed-end, non-diversified, management investment company in accordance with the 1940 Act and subject to any fundamental policies and investment restrictions as may be adopted by the Board of Managers and in accordance with the 1940 Act.
 
2.6           Board of Managers.
 
(a)           By signing this Agreement or signing an investor application or certification in connection with the purchase of Units, a Member admitted on the Closing Date shall be deemed to have voted for the election of each of the Managers so designated.  After the Closing Date, the Board of Managers may, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.6 with respect to the number of and vacancies in the position of Manager and the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof with respect to the election of Managers to the Board of Managers by Members, designate any person who shall agree to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement as a Manager.  The names and mailing addresses of the Managers shall be set forth in the books and records of the Company.  The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Managers.
 
 
A-5
 
 

 
 
 
(b)           Each Manager shall serve on the Board of Managers for the duration of the term of the Company, unless his or her status as a Manager shall be sooner terminated pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.  In the event of any vacancy in the position of Manager, the remaining Managers may appoint an individual to serve in such capacity; so long as immediately after such appointment at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Managers then serving would have been elected by the Members.  The Board of Managers may call a meeting of Members to fill any vacancy in the position of Manager, and shall do so within 60 days after any date on which Managers who were elected by the Members cease to constitute a majority of the Managers then serving on the Board of Managers.
 
(c)           In the event that no Manager remains to continue the business of the Company, the Adviser shall promptly call a meeting of the Members, to be held within 60 days after the date on which the last Manager ceased to act in that capacity, for the purpose of determining whether to continue the business of the Company and, if the business shall be continued, of electing Managers to the Board of Managers.  If the Members shall determine at such meeting not to continue the business of the Company or if the required number of Managers is not elected within 60 days after the date on which the last Manager ceased to act in that capacity, then the Company shall be dissolved pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof and the assets of the Company shall be liquidated and distributed pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.
 
2.7           Members.
 
The Board of Managers may admit one or more Members as of the last day of each month; provided, however, that the Company may, in the discretion of the Board of Managers, admit Members more or less frequently.  Subject to the foregoing terms, Members may be admitted to the Company subject to the condition that each such Member shall execute an appropriate signature page of this Agreement or of the Company’s investor certification pursuant to which such Member agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  The Board of Managers may in its absolute discretion reject any purchase of Units.  The admission of any person as a Member shall be effective upon the revision of the books and records of the Company to reflect the name and the purchase of Units of such additional Member.
 
2.8           Organizational Member.
 
Upon the admission of any Member, the Organizational Member shall withdraw from the Company as the Organizational Member and shall be entitled to the return of the value of his or her Units, if any, without interest or deduction.
 
2.9           Both Managers and Members.
 
A Member may at the same time be a Manager and a Member, in which event such Member’s rights and obligations in each capacity shall be determined separately in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or as provided in the Delaware Act.
 
2.10           Limited Liability.
 
Except as provided under applicable law, a Member shall not be liable for the Company’s debts, obligations and liabilities in an amount in excess of the Units of such Member, plus such Member’s share of undistributed profits and assets.  Except as provided under applicable law, a Manager shall not be liable for the Company’s debts, obligations and liabilities.
 
 
A-6
 
 

 
 
 
__________________________
 

 
ARTICLE III
 

 
MANAGEMENT
 
__________________________
 
3.1           Management and Control.
 
(a)           Management and control of the business of the Company shall be vested in the Board of Managers, which shall have the right, power and authority, on behalf of the Company and in its name, to exercise all rights, powers and authority of Managers under the Delaware Act and to do all things necessary and proper to carry out the objective and business of the Company and their duties hereunder.  No Manager shall have the authority individually to act on behalf of or to bind the Company except within the scope of such Manager’s authority as delegated by the Board of Managers.  The parties hereto intend that, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) each Manager shall be vested with the same powers, authority and responsibilities on behalf of the Company as are customarily vested in each director of a Delaware corporation and (ii) each Independent Manager shall be vested with the same powers, authority and responsibilities on behalf of the Company as are customarily vested in each director of a closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act that is organized as a Delaware corporation who is not an “interested person,” as such term is defined by the 1940 Act, of such company.  During any period in which the Company shall have no Managers, the Adviser shall continue to serve as the investment adviser of the Company and to provide the Management Services to the Company.
 
(b)           The Board of Managers shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to make any elections required or permitted to be made by the Company under any provisions of the Code or any other revenue laws.
 
(c)           Members, in their capacity as Members, shall have no right to participate in and shall take no part in the management or control of the Company’s business and shall have no right, power or authority to act for or bind the Company.  Members shall have the right to vote on any matters only as provided in this Agreement or on any matters that require the approval of the holders of voting securities under the 1940 Act or as otherwise required in the Delaware Act.
 
(d)           The Board of Managers may delegate to any other person any rights, power and authority vested by this Agreement in the Board of Managers to the extent permissible under applicable law, and may appoint persons to serve as officers of the Company, with such titles and authority as may be determined by the Board of Managers consistent with applicable law.
 
3.2           Actions by the Board of Managers.
 
(a)           Unless provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Board of Managers shall act only: (i) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers (including the vote of a majority of the Independent Managers if required by the 1940 Act) present at a meeting duly called at which a quorum of the Managers shall be present (in person or, if in person attendance is not required by the 1940 Act, by telephone) or (ii) by unanimous written consent of all of the Managers without a meeting, if permissible under the 1940 Act.
 
(b)           The Board of Managers may designate from time to time a Principal Manager who shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Managers.  If applicable provisions of the 1940 Act so require, only an Independent Manager shall serve as the Principal Manager.  Meetings of the Board of Managers may be called by the Principal Manager or by any two Managers, and may be held on such date and at such time and place as the Board of Managers shall determine.  Each Manager shall be entitled to receive written notice of the date, time and place of such meeting within a reasonable time in advance of the meeting.  Except as otherwise required by the 1940 Act, notice need not be given to any Manager who shall attend a meeting without objecting to the lack of notice or who shall execute a written waiver of notice with respect to the meeting.  Managers may attend and participate in any meeting by telephone except where in person attendance at a meeting is required by the 1940 Act.  A majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum at any meeting.
 
3.3           Officers.
 
(a)           The executive Officers of the Company shall be a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and a Chief Compliance Officer.  If the Board of Managers has designated a Principal Manager pursuant to Section 3.2(b) hereof, then the Principal Manager shall also be an executive Officer.  The Board of Managers may elect one or more Vice-Presidents, and each such Vice-President shall be an executive Officer.  The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company.  The Principal Manager, if there be one, shall be elected from among the persons serving as Managers, but no other Officer need be a Manager.  The Board of Managers may also elect, or may delegate to the President authority to appoint, remove, or fix the duties, compensation or terms of office of, one or more other Officers as the Board of Managers shall at any time and from time to time deem to be advisable.  Any two or more positions of Officer, except those of President and Vice-President, may be held by the same person.  Unless there are no other officers at the time of acting, a person holding more than one office may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge or verify on behalf of the Company an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged and verified by more than one Officer.
 
 
A-7
 
 

 
 
 
(b)           Each Officer shall hold office until his successor is elected or appointed or until his earlier displacement from office by resignation, removal or otherwise; provided, that if the term of office of any Officer shall have been fixed by the Board of Managers, or by the President acting under authority delegated by the Board of Managers, such Officer shall cease to hold such office no later than the date of expiration of such term, regardless of whether any other person shall have been elected or appointed to succeed him.  Any Officer may resign at any time by written notice to the Company.  Any Officer may be removed at any time by the Board of Managers or by the President acting under authority delegated by the Board of Managers if in its or his judgment the best interest of the Company would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Election or appointment of an Officer shall not of itself create contract rights between the Company and such Officer.
 
(c)           If the office of any Officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Managers or by the President acting under authority delegated by the Board of Managers.  Each Officer elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term for which his predecessor was elected or appointed.
 
(d)           All Officers as between themselves and the Company shall have such powers, perform such duties and be subject to such restrictions, if any, in the management of the Company as may be provided in this Agreement or, to the extent not so provided, as may be prescribed by the Board of Managers or by the President acting under authority delegated by the Board of Managers.
 
 
3.4           Meetings of Members.
 
(a)           Actions requiring the vote of the Members may be taken at any duly constituted meeting of the Members at which a quorum is present.  Meetings of the Members may be called by the Board of Managers or by Members holding 25% or more of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members, and may be held at such time, date and place as the Board of Managers shall determine.  The Board of Managers shall arrange to provide written notice of the meeting, stating the date, time and place of the meeting and the record date therefor, to each Member entitled to vote at the meeting within a reasonable time prior thereto.  Failure to receive notice of a meeting on the part of any Member shall not affect the validity of any act or proceeding of the meeting, so long as a quorum shall be present at the meeting, except as otherwise required by applicable law.  Only matters set forth in the notice of a meeting, and matters incidental thereto, may be voted on by the Members at a meeting.  The presence in person or by proxy of Members holding a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members as of the record date shall constitute a quorum at any meeting.  In the absence of a quorum, a meeting of the Members may be adjourned by action of a majority of the Members present in person or by proxy without additional notice to the Members.  Except as otherwise required by any provision of this Agreement or of the 1940 Act, (i) those candidates receiving a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of Members shall be elected as Managers and (ii) all other actions of the Members taken at a meeting shall require the affirmative vote of Members holding a majority of the total number of votes at such meeting.
 
(b)           Each Member as of the record date for a meeting of Members shall be entitled to cast at such meeting one vote with respect to each Unit held by the Members as of the record date (and a proportionate fractional vote in the case of a fractional Unit).  The Board of Managers shall establish a record date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date of any meeting of Members to determine eligibility to vote at such meeting and the number of votes that each Member will be entitled to cast at the meeting, and shall maintain for each such record date a list setting forth the name of each Member and the number of votes that each Member will be entitled to cast at the meeting.
 
(c)           A Member may vote at any meeting of Members by a proxy properly executed in writing by the Member and filed with the Company before or at the time of the meeting.  A proxy may be suspended or revoked, as the case may be, by the Member executing the proxy by a later writing delivered to the Company at any time prior to exercise of the proxy or if the Member executing the proxy shall be present at the meeting and decide to vote in person.  Any action of the Members that is permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if consents in writing, setting forth the action taken, are signed by Members holding a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast or such greater percentage as may be required in order to approve such action.
 
 
A-8
 
 

 
 
 
3.5           Custody of Assets of the Company.
 
The physical possession of all funds, Securities and other properties of the Company shall at all times be held, controlled and administered by one or more custodians retained by the Company in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
 
3.6           Other Activities of Members and Managers.
 
(a)           The Managers shall not be required to devote all of their time to the affairs of the Company, but shall devote such time as may reasonably be required to perform their obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)           Any Member or Manager, and any Affiliate of any Member or Manager, may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures or commercial dealings of every kind and description, independently or with others, including, but not limited to, acquisition and disposition of Securities, provision of investment advisory or brokerage services, serving as directors, officers, employees, advisers or agents of other companies, partners or general partners of any partnership, members or managing members of any limited liability company, or trustees of any trust, or entering into any other commercial arrangements.  No Member or Manager shall have any rights in or to such activities of any other Member or Manager, or any profits derived therefrom.
 
3.7           Duty of Care.
 
(a)           A Manager shall not be liable to the Company or to any of its Members for any loss or damage occasioned by any act or omission in the performance of his or her duties, or otherwise in his or her capacity as a Manager, unless it shall be determined by final judicial decision on the merits from which there is no further right to appeal that such loss is due to an act or omission of such Manager constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the performance of his or her duties to the Company.
 
(b)           Members not in breach of any obligation hereunder or under any agreement pursuant to which the Member purchased Units shall be liable to the Company, any Member or third parties only as provided under the Delaware Act.
 
3.8           Indemnification.
 
(a)           To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall, subject to Section 3.8(b) hereof, indemnify each Manager (including for this purpose his or her respective executors, heirs, assigns, successors or other legal representatives), against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, or as fines or penalties, and reasonable counsel fees, incurred in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit, investigation or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any judicial, arbitral, administrative or legislative body, in which such indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise, or with which such indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been a Manager of the Company or the past or present performance of services to the Company by such indemnitee, except to the extent such loss, claim, damage, liability, cost  or expense shall have been finally determined in a decision on the merits in any such action, suit, investigation or other proceeding to have been incurred or suffered by such indemnitee by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such indemnitee’s office.  The rights of indemnification provided under this Section  3.8 shall not be construed so as to provide for indemnification of a Manager for any liability (including liability under federal securities laws which, under certain circumstances, impose liability even on persons that act in good faith) to the extent (but only to the extent) that such indemnification would be in violation of applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the applicable provisions of this Section 3.8 to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
(b)           Expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, so incurred by any such indemnitee (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, or as fines or penalties), may be paid from time to time by the Company in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit, investigation or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnitee to repay to the Company amounts so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under Section 3.8(a) hereof; provided, however, that (i) such indemnitee shall provide security for such undertaking, (ii) the Company shall be insured by or on behalf of such indemnitee against losses arising by reason of such indemnitee’s failure to fulfill such undertaking, or (iii) a majority of the Managers (excluding any Manager who is either seeking advancement of expenses hereunder or is or has been a party to any other action, suit, investigation or proceeding involving claims similar to those involved in the action, suit, investigation or proceeding giving rise to a claim for advancement of expenses hereunder) or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry) that there is reason to believe such indemnitee ultimately will be entitled to indemnification.
 
 
A-9
 
 

 
 
 
(c)           As to the disposition of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding (whether by a compromise payment, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication or a decision on the merits by a court, or by any other body before which the proceeding shall have been brought, that an indemnitee is liable to the Company or its Members by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such indemnitee’s office, indemnification shall be provided pursuant to Section 3.8(a) hereof if (i) approved as in the best interests of the Company by a majority of the Managers (excluding any Manager who is either seeking indemnification hereunder or is or has been a party to any other action, suit, investigation or proceeding involving claims similar to those involved in the action, suit, investigation or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder) upon a determination based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry) that such indemnitee acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such actions were in the best interests of the Company and that such indemnitee is not liable to the Company or its Members by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such indemnitee’s office, or (ii) the Board of Managers secures a written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry) to the effect that such indemnification would not protect such indemnitee against any liability to the Company or its Members to which such indemnitee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such indemnitee’s office.
 
(d)           Any indemnification or advancement of expenses made pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall not prevent the recovery from any indemnitee of any such amount if such indemnitee subsequently shall be determined in a decision on the merits in any action, suit, investigation or proceeding involving the liability or expense that gave rise to such indemnification or advancement of expenses to be liable to the Company or its Members by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such indemnitee’s office.  In (i) any suit brought by a Manager (or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder) to enforce a right to indemnification under this Section 3.8 it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit in the name of the Company to recover any indemnification or advancement of expenses made pursuant to this Section 3.8 the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Manager or other person claiming a right to indemnification under this Section 3.8 has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 3.8.  In any such suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification or to recover any indemnification or advancement of expenses made pursuant to this Section 3.8, the burden of proving that the Manager or other person claiming a right to indemnification is not entitled to be indemnified, or to any indemnification or advancement of expenses, under this Section 3.8 shall be on the Company (or any Member acting derivatively or otherwise on behalf of the Company or its Members).
 
(e)           An indemnitee may not satisfy any right of indemnification or advancement of expenses granted in this Section 3.8 or to which such indemnitee may otherwise be entitled except out of the assets of the Company, and no Member shall be personally liable with respect to any such claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses.
 
(f)           The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any person may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.  Nothing contained in this Section 3.8 shall affect the power of the Company to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any Manager or other person.
 
3.9           Fees, Expenses and Reimbursement.
 
(a)           So long as the Adviser provides Management Services to the Company, it shall be entitled to receive fees for such services as may be agreed to by the Adviser and the Company pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.
 
 
A-10
 
 

 
 
 
(b)           The Board of Managers may cause the Company to compensate each Manager who is not an officer or employee of the Adviser (or of any affiliate of the Adviser) for his or her services as such and each such Manager shall be reimbursed by the Company for travel expenses incurred by him in performing his duties under this Agreement.
 
(c)           The Company shall bear all of its own costs and expenses incurred in its business and operations, other than those specifically required to be borne by the Adviser or another party pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement or another agreement with the Company.  The Adviser shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for any expenses that it pays on behalf of the Company.  Costs and expenses to be borne by the Company include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) all costs and expenses related to investment expenses; (ii) any non-investment related interest expense; (iii) fees and disbursements of any attorneys and accountants engaged on behalf of the Company; (iv) audit and tax preparation expenses; (v) administrative expenses and fees; custody and escrow fees and expenses; (vi) the costs of an errors and omissions/directors and officers liability insurance and a fidelity bond; (vii) fees and travel-related expenses of Managers who are not employees of the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser; (viii) organizational and offering expenses; (ix) all costs and expenses associated with background checks on Managers; (x) all costs and expenses associated with retaining independent third parties to provide risk management services to the Company; (xi) any investment advisory fees, Member servicing fees and management fees, (xii) any extraordinary expenses; and such other expenses as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Managers; and (xiii) all taxes to which the Company maybe subject, directly or indirectly and whether in the United States, any state thereof or any other U.S. or non-U.S. jurisdiction; and
 
(d)           Subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws, from time to time the Company may, alone or in conjunction with the Adviser, any Affiliate of the Adviser or other registered or unregistered investment funds or other accounts for which the Adviser or any Affiliate of the Adviser acts as general partner or investment adviser, purchase insurance in such amounts, from such insurers and on such terms as the Board of Managers shall determine.
 
_________________________________
 

 
ARTICLE IV
 

 
TERMINATION OF STATUS OR REMOVAL OF ADVISER AND
 
MANAGERS; TRANSFERS AND REPURCHASES
 
_________________________________
 
4.1           Termination of Status of the Adviser.
 
The status of the Adviser shall terminate if the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser terminates and the Company does not enter into a new Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, effective as of the date of such termination.
 
4.2           Termination of Status of a Manager.
 
The status of a Manager shall terminate if the Manager (i) shall die; (ii) shall be adjudicated incompetent; (iii) shall voluntarily withdraw as a Manager (upon not less than 90 days’ prior written notice to the other Managers, or such lesser notice period agreeable to the other Managers); (iv) shall be removed; (v) shall be certified by a physician to be mentally or physically unable to perform his duties hereunder; (vi) shall be declared bankrupt by a court with appropriate jurisdiction, file a petition commencing a voluntary case under any bankruptcy law or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (vii) shall have a receiver appointed to administer the property or affairs of such Manager; or (viii) shall otherwise cease to be a Manager of the Company under the Delaware Act.
 
4.3           Removal of a Manager.
 
Any Manager may be removed either by (a) the vote or written consent of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Managers not subject to the removal vote or (b) the vote or written consent of Members holding not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members.
 
 
A-11
 
 

 
 
 
4.4           Transfer of Units .
 
(a)           Units may be Transferred only (i) by operation of law pursuant to the death, divorce, bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or adjudication of incompetency of such Member or (ii) with the written consent of the Board of Managers (which may be withheld in its sole discretion).  In no event, however, will any transferee or assignee be admitted as a Member without the consent of the Board of Managers (or its delegate) which may be withheld in its (or its delegate’s) sole discretion.  Any pledge, transfer, or assignment not made in accordance with this Section 4.4 shall be void.
 
(b)           The Board of Managers may not consent to a Transfer of all or any Units held by a Member unless the person or persons to whom the Units are Transferred (or each of the person’s beneficial owners if such a person is a “private investment company” as defined in paragraph (d)(3) of Rule 205-3 under the Advisers Act) is a person whom the Board of Managers believes meets the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of Rule 205-3 under the Advisers Act or any successor rule thereto; and either: (i) all of the Units held by a Member are Transferred to a single transferee; or (ii) after the Transfer of a portion of Units held by a Member, the value of the Units held by each of the transferee and the transferor is not less than $50,000, or such lesser amount as may be established by the Board of Managers.  Any transferee that acquires Units by operation of law as the result of the death, divorce, bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or adjudication of incompetency of a Member or otherwise, shall be entitled to the right to tender such Units for repurchase by the Company in connection with an offer to purchase Units made by the Company and shall be entitled to receive any dividend and other distributions paid by the Company with respect to Units, but shall not be entitled to the other rights of a Member unless and until such transferee becomes a substituted Member.  If a Member transfers Units with the approval of the Board of Managers, the Board of Managers shall promptly take all necessary actions so that such transferee is admitted to the Company as a Member.  Each Member effecting a Transfer and each transferee agree to pay all expenses, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, incurred by the Company in connection with such Transfer.
 
(c)           Each Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Managers, the Adviser, each other Member and any Affiliate of the foregoing against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal or other expenses incurred in investigating or defending against any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses or any judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement), joint or several, to which such persons may become subject by reason of or arising from (i) any Transfer made by such Member in violation of this Section 4.4 and (ii) any misrepresentation by such Member (or such Member’s transferee) in connection with any such Transfer.
 
4.5           Repurchase of Units.
 
(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Member or other person holding Units shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase those Units.  The Board of Managers from time to time, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may determine, may cause the Company to repurchase Units pursuant to written tenders.  In determining whether to cause the Company to make such repurchases, the Board of Managers shall consider, among other things, the recommendation of the Adviser.
 
The Board of Managers shall cause the Company to repurchase Units pursuant to written tenders and on terms determined by the Board of Managers to be fair to the Company and to all Members (including persons holding Units as may be acquired from Members), as applicable.
 
(b)           The Adviser may tender its Units that it holds as a Member, if any, under Section 4.5(a) hereof.
 
(c)           The Board of Managers may cause the Company to repurchase Units of a Member or any person acquiring the same from or through a Member in the event that the Board of Managers determines or has reason to believe that:
 
 
(1)
such Units have been transferred in violation of Section 4.4 hereof, or such Units have vested in any person by operation of law as the result of the death, divorce, bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or adjudication of incompetency of a Member;
 
 
(2)
ownership of such Units by a Member or other person will cause the Company to be in violation of, or subject the Company to additional registration or regulation under, the securities, commodities or other laws of the United States or any other relevant jurisdiction; or
 
 
 
A-12
 
 

 
 
 
 
(3)
any of the representations and warranties made by a Member in connection with the acquisition of Units was not true when made or has ceased to be true.
 
(d)           Repurchases of Units by the Company shall be payable promptly after the date of each such repurchase or, in the case of an offer by the Company to effect such a repurchase, promptly after the expiration date of the relevant repurchase offer in accordance with the terms of such offer.  Payment of the purchase price for Units shall consist of: (i) cash or a promissory note, which need not bear interest, in an amount equal to such percentage, as may be determined by the Board of Managers, of the estimated unaudited net asset value of the Units repurchased by the Company determined as of the Valuation Date applicable to such repurchase (the “Initial Payment”); and (ii) if determined to be appropriate by the Board of Managers or if the Initial Payment is less than 100% of the estimated unaudited net asset value of the repurchased Units determined as of the applicable Valuation Date, a promissory note entitling the holder thereof to a contingent payment equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the net asset value of the Units repurchased by the Company as of the applicable Valuation Date, determined based on the audited financial statements of the Company for the Fiscal Year in which such repurchase was effected, over (y) the Initial Payment.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the Board of Managers, in its discretion, may pay any portion of the repurchase price in Securities (or any combination of Securities and cash) having a value equal to the value of the repurchased Units as of such Valuation Date, each determined as of the date of repurchase, equal to the amount to be repurchased.  Any promissory note given to satisfy the Initial Payment shall be due and payable not more than 45 days after the date of repurchase or, if the Company or the Master Fund has requested withdrawal of its capital from any Investment Funds in order to fund the repurchase of Units, 10 business days after the Company or the Master Fund has received at least 90% of the aggregate amount withdrawn by the Company or the Master Fund from such Investment Funds.
 
(e)           A Member may at any time submit to the Company a written request that the Company repurchase all of the Units of such Member, as contemplated by Section 7.1(3) hereof.  Any such request shall be sent to the Company by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed valid upon receipt by the Member of a letter from the Company acknowledging its receipt of the request.  The Company shall send such letter to the Member promptly upon its receipt of the Member’s request.
 
(f)           Subject to the approval of the Board of Managers and compliance with the 1940 Act, the Company may impose a fee or charge in connection with repurchases of Units, including a fee or charge applicable to repurchases of Units effected prior to the expiration of a specified period subsequent to a Member’s admission to the Company.


A-13
 
 

 


 
______________________________
 

 
ARTICLE V
 
 
CAPITAL
 
____________________________________
 
5.1           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.2           Rights of Members to Capital.
 
No Member shall be entitled to interest on any capital contributed to the Company through such Member’s purchase of Units, nor shall any Member be entitled to the return of any capital of the Company except (i) upon the repurchase by the Company of a part or all of such Member’s Units pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof or (ii) upon the liquidation of the Company’s assets pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.  No Member shall be liable for the return of any such amounts.  No Member shall have the right to require partition of the Company’s property or to compel any sale or appraisal of the Company’s assets.
 
5.3           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.4           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.5           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.6           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.7           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.8           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.9           [Removed and Reserved].
 
5.10           Withholding.
 
(a)           The Board of Managers may withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service (or any other relevant taxing authority) taxes from any distribution to any Member to the extent required by the Code or any other applicable law.
 
(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, any taxes so withheld or paid over by the Company with respect to any amount distributed by the Company to any Member shall be deemed to be a distribution or payment to such Member, reducing the amount otherwise distributable to such Member pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(c)           The Board of Managers shall not be obligated to apply for or obtain a reduction of or exemption from withholding tax on behalf of any Member that may be eligible for such reduction or exemption.  To the extent that a Member claims to be entitled to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, a withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty, or otherwise, the Member shall furnish the Board of Managers with such information and forms as such Member may be required to complete where necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations governing the obligations of withholding tax agents.  Each Member represents and warrants that any such information and forms furnished by such Member shall be true and accurate and agrees to indemnify the Company and each of the Members from any and all damages, costs and expenses resulting from the filing of inaccurate or incomplete information or forms relating to such withholding taxes.
 
 
A-14
 
 

 
 
 
___________________________
 

 
ARTICLE VI
 

 
SUBCHAPTER M TRANSITION; UNITS
 
__________________________
 
6.1           Units.
(a)           (1)  The number of the Company’s authorized Units and the number of Units that may be issued is unlimited, and, subject to Section 2.7 hereof and Section 6.2(b)(7) hereof, the Managers may issue Units for such consideration and on such terms as they may determine (or for no consideration if pursuant to a Unit dividend or split-up), or may reduce the number of issued Units in proportion to the relative net asset value of the Units then outstanding, all without action or approval of the Members.  All Units when so issued on the terms determined by the Managers shall be fully paid and non-assessable.  The Managers may hold any Units reacquired by the Company as treasury Units, reissue such Units for such consideration and on such terms as they may determine, or cancel such Units, at their discretion from time to time.
 
(2)           In accordance with Section 2.9 hereof, any Manager, officer or other agent of the Company (including, without limitation, the Adviser), and any organization in which any such person is interested may acquire, own, and dispose of Units of the Company to the same extent as if such person were not a Manager, officer or other agent of the Company; and the Company may issue and sell or cause to be issued and sold and may purchase Units from any such person or any such organization subject only to the limitations, restrictions or other provisions applicable to the sale or purchase of Units generally.
 
(3)           Units shall not be represented by certificates, but only by notation on the Unit records of the Company, as kept by the Company or by any transfer or similar agent, as the case may be.  The Unit records of the Company, whether maintained by the Company or any transfer or similar agent, as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of Units and as to the number of Units held from time to time by each such person.
 
(b)           (1)  All consideration received by the Company for the issue or sale of Units, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, all income, earnings, profits, proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall irrevocably belong to the Company generally and not to the account of any particular Member or holder of Units, subject only to the rights of creditors, and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the Company.  The treatment of these items under this Section 6.2(b)(1) shall replace and be in lieu of the treatment of the same under the relevant provisions of Article V of the Initial Agreement, replacement treatment to be effective as of the effective date of this Agreement and at all times thereafter.
 
(2)           The liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to the Company shall be charged and allocated to the assets belonging to the Company generally and not to the account of any particular Member or holder of Units and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the Company.  The treatment of these items under this Section 6.2(b)(2) shall replace and be in lieu of the treatment of the same under the relevant provisions of Article V of the Initial Agreement, such replacement treatment to be effective as of the effective date of this Agreement and at all times thereafter.
 
(3)           Dividends and distributions on Units may be paid to the Members or holders of Units, with such frequency as the Managers may determine, which may be daily or otherwise pursuant to a standing resolution or resolutions adopted only once or with such frequency as the Managers may determine, from such of the income, capital gains accrued or realized, and capital and surplus, after providing for actual and accrued liabilities of the Company.  All dividends and distributions on Units shall be distributed pro rata to the Members or other holders of Units in proportion to the number of Units held by such persons at the date and time of record established for the payment of such dividends or distributions, except that in connection with any dividend or distribution program or procedure the Managers may determine that no dividend or distribution shall be payable on Units as to which the Member’s purchase order and/or payment have not been received by the time or times established by the Managers under such program or procedure.  Dividends and distributions on Units may be made in cash or Units or a combination thereof as determined by the Managers or pursuant to any program that the Managers may have in effect at the time for the election by each Member or other holder of Units of the mode of the making of such dividend or distribution to that person.  Any dividend or distribution paid in Units will be paid at the net asset value thereof as determined in accordance with Section 8.3 hereof.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Managers may at any time declare and distribute a dividend of stock or other property pro rata among the Members or other holders of Units at the date and time of record established for the payment of such dividends or distributions.
 
 
 
A-15
 
 

 
 
 
(4)           Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be required to make a distribution to the Members on account of their interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act or any other applicable law.
 
(5)           In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Members or other holders of Units shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Managers, the excess of the assets of the Company over its liabilities.  Upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Managers shall make provisions for the satisfaction of all of the Company’s outstanding obligations, taxes and other liabilities, accrued or contingent.  The assets so distributable (which may, in the discretion of the Managers, include assets distributed in-kind valued at their date of distribution in accordance with Section 8.3 hereof) shall be distributed among the Members or other holders of Units in proportion to the relative number of Units held by such persons.
 
(6)           Units shall be transferable only in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof.
 
(7)           Except as provided herein, each Unit shall represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets of the Company (subject to the liabilities of the Company), and each Unit shall be equal with respect to net asset value per Unit as against each other Unit.  The rights attaching to all Units shall be identical as to right of repurchase by the Company (except that fees associated with such transactions may be varied according to reasonable criteria established by the Managers in accord with Section 4.5(f) hereof), dividends and other distributions (whether or not on liquidation), and voting rights (the vote attaching to each Unit or fraction thereof being equal to the dollar value of the same as of the record date for any such vote, if such record date is a Valuation Date, or if such record date is not a Valuation Date, the Valuation Date most recently preceding such record date).  The Managers may from time to time divide or combine the Units into a greater or lesser number of Units provided that such division or combination does not change the proportionate beneficial interest in the assets of the Company of any Member or other holder of Units or in any way affect the rights of Units.
 
(8)           The Managers, subject to Section 2.7 hereof, may accept investments in the Company by way of Unit purchase, from such persons, on such terms (including minimum purchase amounts) and for such consideration, not inconsistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act, as they from time to time authorize or determine.  Such investments may be in the form of cash, Securities or other property in which the Company is authorized to invest, hold or own, valued as provided in Section 8.3 hereof.  The Managers may authorize any distributor, principal underwriter, custodian, transfer agent or other person to accept orders for the purchase or sale of Units that conform to such authorized terms and to reject any purchase or sale orders for Units whether or not conforming to such authorized terms.
 
(9)           Units may be issued as fractions thereof.  Any fractional Unit, if outstanding, shall carry proportionately all the rights and obligations of a whole Unit, including those rights and obligations with respect to voting, receipt of dividends and distributions, redemption of Units, and liquidation of the Company.  Fractions of Units shall be calculated to three decimal points.
 
 
A-16
 
 

 
 
 
______________________________
 

 
ARTICLE VII
 

 
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
___________________________
 
7.1           Dissolution.
 
The Company shall be dissolved:
 
 
(1)
upon the affirmative vote to dissolve the Company by: (i) the Board of Managers or (ii) Members holding at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members;
 
 
(2)
upon the failure of Members to elect a successor Manager at a meeting called by the Adviser in accordance with Section 2.6(c) hereof when no Manager remains to continue the business of the Company;
 
 
(3)
upon the expiration of any two year period that commences on the date on which any Member has submitted, in accordance with the procedure specified in Section 4.5(e) hereof, a written notice to the Company requesting to tender all of its Units for repurchase by the Company if such Units have not been repurchased by the Company; or
 
 
(4)
as required by operation of law.
 
Dissolution of the Company shall be effective on the later of the day on which the event giving rise to the dissolution shall occur or the conclusion of any applicable 60 day period during which the Board of Managers and Members may elect to continue the business of the Company as provided above, but the Company shall not terminate until the assets of the Company have been liquidated in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof and the Certificate has been canceled.
 
7.2           Liquidation of Assets.
 
(a)           Upon the dissolution of the Company as provided in Section 7.1 hereof, the Board of Managers shall promptly appoint the Board of Managers or the Adviser as the liquidator and the Board of Managers or the Adviser shall liquidate the business and administrative affairs of the Company, except that if the Board of Managers does not appoint the Board of Managers or the Adviser as the liquidator or the Board of Managers or the Adviser is unable to perform this function, a liquidator elected by Members holding a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by all Members shall promptly liquidate the business and administrative affairs of the Company.  The proceeds from liquidation shall be distributed as contemplated by Section 6.2(b)(5) hereof and in accordance with Delaware law.
 
 
A-17
 
 

 
 

_____________________________

 
ARTICLE VIII
 
 

ACCOUNTING, VALUATIONS AND BOOKS AND RECORDS
 
_____________________________
 
8.1           Accounting and Reports.
 
(a)           The Company shall adopt for tax accounting purposes any accounting method that the Board of Managers shall decide in its sole discretion is in the best interests of the Company.  The Company’s accounts shall be maintained in U.S. currency.
 
(b)           As soon as practicable after the end of each taxable year (and/or each calendar year), the Company shall furnish to each Member such information regarding the operation of the Company and such Member’s Units as is necessary for Members to complete Federal, state and local income tax or information returns and any other tax information required by Federal, state or local law.
 
 
 
A-17
 
 

 
 
 
(c)           Except as otherwise required by the 1940 Act, or as may otherwise be permitted by rule, regulation or order, within 60 days after the close of the period for which a report required under this Section 8.1(c) is being made, the Company shall furnish to each Member a semi-annual report and an annual report containing the information required by such Act.  The Company shall cause financial statements contained in each annual report furnished hereunder to be accompanied by a certificate of independent public accountants based upon an audit performed in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.  The Company may furnish to each Member such other periodic reports as it deems necessary or appropriate in its discretion.
 
8.2           [Removed and Reserved].
 
8.3           Valuation of Assets.
 
(a)           Except as may be required by the 1940 Act, the Board of Managers shall value or have valued any Securities or other assets and liabilities of the Company as of the close of business on the last day of each Fiscal Period (and on any such additional day or days as the Managers in their discretion may determine) in accordance with such valuation procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Board of Managers and which conform to the requirements of the 1940 Act.  In determining the value of the assets of the Company, no value shall be placed on the goodwill or name of the Company, or the office records, files, statistical data or any similar intangible assets of the Company not normally reflected in the Company’s accounting records, but there shall be taken into consideration any items of income earned but not received, expenses incurred but not yet paid, liabilities, fixed or contingent, and any other prepaid expenses to the extent not otherwise reflected in the books of account, and the value of options or commitments to purchase or sell Securities or commodities pursuant to agreements entered into prior to such valuation date.
 
(b)           The Company will value interests in the Investment Funds at fair value, which ordinarily will be the value determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with the policies established by the Company.
 
(c)           The value of Securities and other assets of the Company and the net worth of the Company as a whole determined pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be conclusive and binding on all of the Members and all parties claiming through or under them.
 
___________________________
 

 
ARTICLE IX
 

 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
_____________________________
 
9.1           Amendment of Limited Liability Company Agreement.
 
(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.1, this Agreement may be amended, in whole or in part, with: (i) the approval of the Board of Managers (including the vote of a majority of the Independent Managers, if required by the 1940 Act) and (ii) if required by the 1940 Act, the approval of the Members by such vote as is required by the 1940 Act.
 
(b)           Any amendment that would:
 
 
(1)
increase the obligation of a Member to make any contribution to the capital of the Company;
 
 
(2)
reduce the rights attaching to the Units held by any person as against the rights attaching to the Units held by any other person, except to the extent specifically contemplated by Section 6.2(b)(7) hereof; or
 
(3)           modify the events causing the dissolution of the Company;
 
 
A-18
 
 

 
 
 
may be made only if (i) the written consent of each Member adversely affected thereby is obtained prior to the effectiveness thereof or (ii) such amendment does not become effective until (A) each Member has received written notice of such amendment and (B) any Member objecting to such amendment has been afforded a reasonable opportunity (pursuant to such procedures as may be prescribed by the Board of Managers) to have all such person’s Units repurchased by the Company.
 
(c)           The power of the Board of Managers to amend this Agreement at any time without the consent of the other Members as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.1 shall specifically include the power to:
 
 
(1)
restate this Agreement together with any amendments hereto that have been duly adopted in accordance herewith to incorporate such amendments in a single, integrated document;
 
 
(2)
amend this Agreement (other than with respect to the matters set forth in Section 9.1(b) hereof) to effect compliance with any applicable law or regulation or to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision hereof that may be inconsistent with any other provision hereof; and
 
 
(3)
amend this Agreement, taking due consideration of the interests of the Members as a whole to make such changes as may be necessary or advisable to ensure that the Company maintains its then-current federal tax treatment.
 
(d)           The Board of Managers shall cause written notice to be given of any amendment to this Agreement (other than any amendment of the type contemplated by clause (1) of Section 9.1(c) hereof) to each Member, which notice shall set forth (i) the text of the amendment or (ii) a summary thereof and a statement that the text thereof will be furnished to any Member upon request.
 
9.2           Special Power of Attorney.
 
(a)           Each Member hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints each Manager, acting severally, and any liquidator of the Company’s assets appointed pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof with full power of substitution, the true and lawful representatives and attorneys-in-fact of, and in the name, place and stead of, such Member, with the power from time to time to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, verify, deliver, record, file and/or publish:
 
 
(1)
any amendment to this Agreement that complies with the provisions of this Agreement (including the provisions of Section 9.1 hereof);
 
 
(2)
any amendment to the Certificate required because this Agreement is amended, including, without limitation, an amendment to effectuate any change in the membership of the Company; and
 
 
(3)
all such other instruments, documents and certificates that, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, may from time to time be required by the laws of the United States, the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof, or that such legal counsel may deem necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement and continue the valid existence and business of the Company as a limited liability company under the Delaware Act.
 
(b)           Each Member is aware that the terms of this Agreement permit certain amendments to this Agreement to be effected and certain other actions to be taken or omitted by or with respect to the Company without such Member’s consent.  If an amendment to the Certificate or this Agreement or any action by or with respect to the Company is taken in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, each Member agrees that, notwithstanding any objection that such Member may assert with respect to such action, the attorneys-in-fact appointed hereby are authorized and empowered, with full power of substitution, to exercise the authority granted above in any manner that may be necessary or appropriate to permit such amendment to be made or action lawfully taken or omitted.  Each Member is fully aware that each Member will rely on the effectiveness of this special power-of-attorney with a view to the orderly administration of the affairs of the Company.
 
(c)           This power-of-attorney is a special power-of-attorney and is coupled with an interest in favor of each of the Managers and as such:
 
 
A-19
 
 

 
 
 
 
(1)
shall be irrevocable and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death or incapacity of any party granting this power-of-attorney, regardless of whether the Company or Board of Managers shall have had notice thereof; and
 
 
(2)
shall survive the delivery of a Transfer by a Member of the whole or any portion of such Member’s Units, except that where the transferee thereof has been approved by the Board of Managers for admission to the Company as a substituted Member, this power-of-attorney given by the transferor shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling the Board of Managers to execute, acknowledge and file any instrument necessary to effect such substitution.
 
9.3           Notices.
 
Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, notices that are required to be provided under this Agreement shall be made, if to a Member, by regular mail, or if to the Board of Managers or the Adviser, by hand delivery, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, commercial courier service, telex or telecopier, and shall be addressed to the respective parties hereto at their addresses as set forth in the books and records of the Company.  Notices shall be deemed to have been provided when delivered by hand, on the date indicated as the date of receipt on a return receipt or when received if sent by regular mail, commercial courier service, telex or telecopier.  A document that is not a notice and that is required to be provided under this Agreement by any party to another party may be delivered by any reasonable means.
 
9.4           Agreement Binding Upon Successors and Assigns.
 
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, assigns, executors, trustees or other legal representatives, but the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may not be Transferred or delegated except as provided in this Agreement and any attempted Transfer or delegation thereof that is not made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be void.
 
9.5           Applicability of 1940 Act and Form N-2.
 
The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, set forth the substantive provisions contained in the 1940 Act and the Form N-2 that will affect numerous aspects of the conduct of the Company’s business and of the rights, privileges and obligations of the Members.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to and interpreted in a manner consistent with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, other Federal securities laws and the Form N-2.
 
9.6           Choice of Law; Arbitration.
 
(a)           Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, the parties expressly agree that all the terms and provisions hereof shall be construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Delaware Act without regard to the conflict of law principles of such state.
 
(b)           Unless otherwise agreed in writing, each Member agrees to submit all controversies arising between Members or one or more Members and the Company to arbitration in accordance with the provisions set forth below and understands that:
 
(1)           arbitration is final and binding on the parties;
 
 
(2)
they are waiving their right to seek remedies in court, including the right to a jury trial;
 
 
(3)
pre-arbitration discovery is generally more limited and different from court proceedings;
 
 
(4)
the arbitrator’s award is not required to include factual findings or legal reasoning and a party’s right to appeal or to seek modification of rulings by arbitrators is strictly limited; and
 
 
 
A-20
 
 

 
 
 
 
(5)
the panel of arbitrators will typically include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry.
 
(c)           All controversies that may arise among Members and one or more Members and the Company concerning this Agreement shall be determined by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be determined before and in accordance with the rules then obtaining of either the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) as the Member or entity instituting the arbitration may elect.  If the NYSE or FINRA does not accept the arbitration for consideration, the arbitration shall be submitted to, and determined in accordance with the rules then obtaining of, the Center for Public Resources, Inc. in New York City.  Judgment on any award of any such arbitration may be entered in the Supreme Court of the State of New York or in any other court having jurisdiction of the person or persons against whom such award is rendered.  Any notice of such arbitration or for the confirmation of any award in any arbitration shall be sufficient if given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Each Member agrees that the determination of the arbitrators shall be binding and conclusive upon them.
 
(d)           No Member shall bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration, nor seek to enforce any pre-dispute arbitration agreement against any person who has initiated in court a putative class action; or who is a member of a putative class who has not opted out of the class with respect to any claims encompassed by the putative class action until: (i) the class certification is denied; or (ii) the class is decertified; or (iii) the Member is excluded from the class by the court.  Such forbearance to enforce an agreement to arbitrate shall not constitute a waiver of any rights under this Agreement except to the extent stated herein.
 
9.7           Not for Benefit of Creditors.
 
The provisions of this Agreement are intended only for the regulation of relations among past, present and future Members, Managers and the Company.  This Agreement is not intended for the benefit of non-Member creditors and no rights are granted to non-Member creditors under this Agreement.
 
9.8           Consents.
 
Any and all consents, agreements or approvals provided for or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and a signed copy thereof shall be filed and kept with the books of the Company.
 
9.9           Merger and Consolidation.
 
(a)           The Company may merge or consolidate with or into one or more limited liability companies formed under the Delaware Act or other business entities pursuant to an agreement of merger or consolidation that has been approved in the manner contemplated by Section 18-209(b) of the Delaware Act.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with Section 18-209(b) of the Delaware Act may, to the extent permitted by Section 18-209(f) of the Delaware Act, (i) effect any amendment to this Agreement, (ii) effect the adoption of a new limited liability company agreement for the Company if it is the surviving or resulting limited liability company in the merger or consolidation, or (iii) provide that the limited liability company agreement of any other constituent limited liability company to the merger or consolidation (including a limited liability company formed for the purpose of consummating the merger or consolidation) shall be the limited liability company agreement of the surviving or resulting limited liability company.
 
9.10           Pronouns.
 
All pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may require in the context thereof.
 
9.11           Confidentiality.
 
(a)           A Member may obtain from the Company such information regarding the affairs of the Company as is just and reasonable under the Delaware Act, subject to reasonable standards (including standards governing what information and documents are to be furnished, at what time and location and at whose expense) established by the Board of Managers.
 
 
A-21
 
 

 
 
 
(b)           Each Member covenants that, except as required by applicable law or any regulatory body, it will not divulge, furnish or make accessible to any other person the name and/or address (whether business, residence or mailing) of any Member (collectively, “Confidential Information”) without the prior written consent of the Board of Managers, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion.
 
(c)           Each Member recognizes that in the event that this Section 9.11 is breached by any Member or any of its principals, partners, members, directors, officers, employees or agents or any of its Affiliates, including any of such Affiliates’ principals, partners, members, directors, officers, employees or agents, irreparable injury may result to the non-breaching Members and the Company.  Accordingly, in addition to any and all other remedies at law or in equity to which the non-breaching Members and the Company may be entitled, such Members shall also have the right to obtain equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, to prevent any disclosure of Confidential Information, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and other litigation expenses incurred in connection therewith.  In the event that any non-breaching Member or the Company determines that any of the other Members or any of its principals, partners, members, directors, officers, employees or agents or any of its Affiliates, including any of such Affiliates’ principals, partners, members, directors, officers, employees or agents should be enjoined from or required to take any action to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information, each of the other non-breaching Members agrees to pursue in a court of appropriate jurisdiction such injunctive relief.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Member (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Member), may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of (i) the Company and (ii) any of its transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Member relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
 
9.12           Severability.
 
If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be enforceable in the manner set forth in this Agreement, each Member agrees that it is the intention of the Members that such provision should be enforceable to the maximum extent possible under applicable law.  If any provisions of this Agreement are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidation or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof).
 
9.13           Filing of Returns.
 
The Board of Managers or its designated agent shall prepare and file, or cause the accountants of the Company to prepare and file, a Federal income tax return in compliance with Section 6012 of the Code and any required state and local income tax and information returns for each tax year of the Company.
 
9.14           Tax Election.
 
Any Officer, Manager or Member (at the request of the Board of Managers) is hereby authorized to make any election and to take any necessary or appropriate action in connection therewith to cause the Company to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal tax purposes.
 
9.15           [Removed and Reserved].  
 
9.16           [Removed and Reserved].  
 
 
A-22
 
 

 

 
 
EACH OF THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ THIS AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE SIGNING, INCLUDING THE PRE-DISPUTE ARBITRATION CLAUSE SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.6 AND THE CONFIDENTIALITY CLAUSE SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.11.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
 

MANAGERS:
 
/s/ Charles S. Crow III                                                  
                    Charles S. Crow III
 
/s/ Richard B. Gross                                                      
                    Richard B. Gross
 
/s/ David C. Reed                                                      
                    David C. Reed
 
/s/ Craig Krawiec                                                      
                    Craig Krawiec
 
MEMBERS:
 
Each person who shall sign an investor application or certification and who shall be accepted by the Board of Managers to the Company as a Member.


 
 
A-23
 
 

 

APPENDIX B: INVESTOR CERTIFICATION
ARDEN SAGE MULTI-STRATEGY FUND, L.L.C. (THE “FUND”)

I hereby certify that I am: (A) (i) a natural person (including participants in individual retirement accounts), who has (a) an individual net worth, or joint net worth with their spouse, in excess of $1 million (excluding from the calculation of net worth the value of such investor’s primary residence and any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of Units, and including any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of the Units), or (b) an income (exclusive of any income attributable to their spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with their spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of the two most recent years, and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year; (ii) an entity, including a corporation, foundation, endowment, partnership or limited liability company, that has total assets in excess of $5 million and that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered (or each equity owner is a person who has an individual income (exclusive of any income attributable to a spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with a spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year, or an individual net worth, or joint net worth with their spouse, in excess of $1 million (excluding from the calculation of net worth the value of such investor’s primary residence and any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of Units, and including any indebtedness that is secured by the investor’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of the Units)); or (iii) a trust with total assets in excess of $5 million, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered and the purchase is directed by a sophisticated person (as used in the foregoing sentence, a “sophisticated person” is one who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment), or a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, acting in a fiduciary capacity and subscribing for the purchase of the securities being offered on behalf of a trust account or accounts, or a revocable trust which may be amended or revoked at any time by the grantors thereof and all of the grantors are eligible investors as described in (i); or (B) a trust with total assets in excess of $5 million, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered.
 
I have completed the appropriate Form W-9, Form W-8BEN, Form W-8IMY, Form W-8EXP or Form W-8ECI, included herein, as applicable.

Print Investor Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

I understand that it may be a violation of state and Federal law for me to provide this certification if I know that it is not true.  I have read the prospectus of the Fund, including the investor qualification and investor suitability provisions contained therein.  I understand that an investment in the Fund involves a considerable amount of risk and that some or all of the investment may be lost.  I understand that an investment in the Fund is suitable only for investors who can bear the risks associated with the limited liquidity of the investment and should be viewed as a long-term investment.
 
I am aware of the Fund’s limited provisions for transferability and withdrawal and have carefully read and understand the “Redemptions, Repurchases of Units and Transfers” provision in the prospectus.
 
If I am the fiduciary executing this investor certification on behalf of a Plan (the “Fiduciary”), I represent and warrant that I have considered the following with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Fund and have determined that, in review of such considerations, the investment is consistent with the Fiduciary’s responsibilities under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”): (i) the fiduciary investment standards under ERISA in the context of the Plan’s particular circumstances; (ii) the permissibility of an investment in the Fund under the documents governing the Plan and the Fiduciary; and (iii) the risks associated with an investment in the Fund and the fact that I will be unable to redeem the investment.  However, the Fund may repurchase the investment at certain times and under certain conditions set forth in the prospectus.
 
I understand that the Fund and its affiliates are relying on the certification and agreements made herein in determining my qualification and suitability as an investor in the Fund.  I understand that an investment in the Fund is not appropriate for, and may not be acquired by, any person who cannot make this certification, and agree to indemnify the Adviser and its affiliates and hold harmless from any liability that you may incur as a result of this certification being untrue in any respect.
 
By signing below, I hereby execute, as a Member, and agree to be bound by the terms of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Agreement”), including its Power of Attorney provisions, a form of which is set forth in Appendix A to the prospectus.  I have read the Agreement and, to the extent I believe it necessary, have consulted with my tax and legal advisors and understand its terms.
 
 
 
B-i
 
 

 


 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
APPENDIX C
 
 
FUND AND ADVISER PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 

 
Effective October 1, 2011, Arden Asset Management LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser of Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. (the “Fund”).  Prior to October 1, 2011, the Fund was advised by Robeco Investment Management, Inc. (“Robeco”), a Delaware corporation, which is no longer involved in the investment management of the Fund.
 
The Adviser employs an investment program for the Fund and the Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C. (the “Master Fund”) that is substantially the same as the investment program that is employed in managing the other feeder funds and another investment vehicle (the “Other Vehicle”) advised by the Adviser.  The Other Vehicle has investment objectives, programs, policies and strategies that are substantially similar to those of the Fund and the Master Fund.  The personnel of the Adviser who are responsible for managing the Fund and the Master Fund manage the investment portfolio of the Other Vehicle.
 
The Other Vehicle was initially launched on April 1, 2013.  A predecessor private investment fund of the Other Vehicle, “Private Fund 1,” was initially launched on January 1, 1998.  Another predecessor fund of the Other Vehicle, “Private Fund 2,” was initially launched on October 1, 1993.  Effective on January 1, 2009, Private Fund 1 combined with Private Fund 2 by transferring its investment portfolio to Private Fund 2 in exchange for an interest in Private Fund 2, and then issuing the appropriate portion of such Private Fund 2 interest to all applicable Private Fund 1 investors as an in-kind distribution.  Effective on April 1, 2013, a portion of the assets of Private Fund 2 was transferred into the Other Vehicle and then Private Fund 2 issued the appropriate portion of such Private Fund 2 interest to all applicable Other Vehicle investors as an in-kind distribution.
 
The following tables set forth performance information of the Fund, Arden Sage Triton Fund, L.L.C. (“Triton”) (which is the oldest feeder fund into the Master Fund), the Other Vehicle and various indices for the periods indicated.  The performance information shown for the Fund and Triton reflects periods during which Robeco served as investment adviser of the Fund and the Master Fund.  Robeco employed an investment program for the Fund, the Master Fund and other feeder funds that was substantially the same as the investment program that is employed by the Adviser in managing the Fund, the Master Fund and other feeder funds.
 
The information depicted as being attributable to the Other Vehicle reflects information (i) prior to the initial launch of Private Fund 1 on January 1, 1998, for Private Fund 2 only; (ii) after the initial launch of Private Fund 1 on January 1, 1998 through the effective date of the combination on January 1, 2009, for both Private Fund 2 and Private Fund 1 on a blended, asset-weighted basis; (iii) after the effective date of the combination on January 1, 2009, Private Fund 2 only; and (iv) after the effective date of the transfer of Private Fund 1 assets into the Other Vehicle on April 1, 2013, for the Other Vehicle only (collectively, the “blended information”).  No actual investor achieved the returns reflected as the blended information.  Unblended returns are available upon request.  The Other Vehicle’s actual ordinary operating expenses incurred are reflected in the returns shown.  However, the Other Vehicle and its predecessor funds paid a management fee that varied during the periods shown.  As a result, all performance has been adjusted to reflect a flat 0.75% management fee per annum.  Referenced performance information of each of Private Fund 2 and Private Fund 1 prior to January 1, 2009 as used in calculating the blended information, reflects net performance of an investment made in the applicable vehicle at the beginning of such period, with no redemptions or subscriptions during the specified period.  All information reflects the reinvestment of earnings and is based on information provided by underlying managers.
 
The returns shown reflect the actual fees and expenses incurred (except for the Other Vehicle’s (and its predecessors’) adjusted 0.75% management fee discussed above).  The tables should be read in conjunction with the notes thereto.  PAST PERFORMANCE DOES NOT GUARANTEE FUTURE RESULTS.  UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE PERFORMANCE INFORMATION OF TRITON AND THE OTHER VEHICLE BE VIEWED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE PERFORMANCE INFORMATION OF THE FUND OR THE MASTER FUND.  Prospective investors should recognize that the Fund’s fees and expenses may be higher than those of each of Triton and the Other Vehicle.  Accordingly, had Triton’s or the Other Vehicle’s performance records reflected the Fund’s fees and estimated expenses, Triton’s or the Other Vehicle’s returns shown in the tables may have been lower.  Furthermore, there are certain differences between the investment policies of the Fund and the Other Vehicle.  Unlike the Fund, the Other Vehicle is not subject to certain investment limitations imposed by applicable securities laws which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the Other Vehicle’s performance.  The future performance of the Fund, Triton, the Other Vehicle and the various indices may differ.
 


C-i

 
 

 



Performance Information of the Fund*

MONTHLY RETURNS AS OF March 31, 2015
 
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
Jun.
Jul.
Aug.
Sep.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
YTD
2005
                     
1.47%
1.47%
2006
2.57%
0.16%
1.81%
1.53%
-1.57%
-0.79%
-0.04%
0.52%
0.42%
1.26%
1.53%
1.43%
9.11%
2007
1.18%
0.62%
1.28%
1.66%
1.70%
0.29%
-1.11%
-1.74%
1.80%
1.96%
-1.94%
0.16%
5.89%
2008
-3.47%
0.91%
-3.22%
1.39%
1.77%
-0.95%
-2.43%
-1.26%
-7.48%
-4.94%
-3.28%
-2.09%
-22.69%
2009
1.81%
-0.35%
0.07%
0.76%
2.66%
0.60%
1.82%
1.21%
1.67%
0.13%
0.52%
1.06%
12.60%
2010
0.28%
0.68%
1.09%
0.18%
-1.95%
-0.93%
0.48%
0.20%
1.38%
1.09%
-0.14%
1.36%
3.74%
2011
0.80%
0.72%
0.28%
0.91%
-0.57%
-1.39%
0.00%
-3.63%
-3.59%
1.52%
-0.49%
-0.60%
-6.01%
2012
1.84%
1.27%
0.54%
-0.03%
-1.73%
-0.24%
0.12%
0.91%
0.60%
0.23%
0.74%
0.89%
5.22%
2013
1.91%
-2.26%
1.06%
0.62%
0.73%
-0.67%
1.27%
-0.50%
1.68%
1.27%
1.28%
1.80%
8.41%
2014
-0.94%
2.38%
-0.87%
-1.08%
1.76%
1.58%
-0.82%
1.02%
-0.79%
-1.06%
1.55%
-0.18%
2.49%
2015
-1.12%
3.16%
0.60%
                 
2.62%

ANNUAL RETURNS FOR EACH CALENDAR YEAR
 
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Fund1
1.47%
  9.11%
5.89%
-22.69%
    12.60%
3.74%
-6.01%
5.22%
8.41%
2.49%
S&P 500 2,3
0.03%
  15.79%
5.49%
-37.00%
    26.46%
15.06%
2.11%
16.00%
32.39%
13.69%
BC Agg.2,4
0.95%
    4.33%
6.97%
     5.24%
     5.93%
6.54%
7.84%
4.22%
-2.02%
5.97%
HFRI FoF Composite Index2,5
1.98%
  10.25%
  10.25%
-21.37%
    11.47%
5.70%
-5.72%
4.79%
8.96%
3.37%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS AS OF APRIL 30, 2015
 
1 Year
3 Year
5 Year
7 Year
Since Inception6
Fund1
         
S&P 500 2,3
         
BC Agg.2,4
         
HFRI FoF Composite Index2,5
         

RISK STATISTICS6 AS OF APRIL 30, 2015
 
Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception6
Standard
Deviation7
Sharpe
  Ratio8
Fund1
     
S&P 500 2,3
     
BC Agg.2,4
     
HFRI FoF Composite Index2,5
     
___________________________________________________________________
*
The performance data quoted represents past performance; past performance does not guarantee future results. Investment returns and principal value will fluctuate so that Units, when repurchased, may be worth more or less than their original cost and current performance may be lower or higher than the performance data quoted.  All performance data is net of all fees and expenses, including the Fund's asset-based fees and the fees paid to the underlying Portfolio Managers.  Performance numbers have not been audited.  The information contained in this table was prepared by the Adviser.
 
1
Reflects annual returns for the period from the Fund’s commencement of operations on December 1, 2005.
 
2
Indices are provided only to show how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad range of securities. Indices are not actively managed, are not available for direct investment and do not have costs, fees, or other expenses associated with their performance. Indices are comprised of significantly more securities than invested in by Triton’s underlying managers, who may invest in securities not similar to those in the indices.
 
3
S&P 500 Index: Standard & Poor’s 500 Total Return Index.  Periods greater than one year are annualized. The S&P 500 is a market capitalization weighted index consisting of 500 stocks chosen from market size, liquidity and industry group representation, among other factors.  The S&P 500 is designed to be a leading indicator of U.S. equities, and it is meant to reflect the risk/return characteristics of the large-cap universe.
 
 
C-ii
 
 

 
 
 
4
BC Aggregate Index: The Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index (formerly the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index) measures the performance of the U.S. investment grade bond market, which includes investment grade U.S. government bonds, investment grade corporate bonds, mortgage pass-through securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities that are publicly offered for sale in the United States.
 
5
HFRI FoF Composite Index: Hedge Fund Research Fund of Fund Composite Index includes a representative group of various funds of funds, each of which invests with multiple managers and has an objective of reducing the risk associated with investments in a single manager. It is an equal weighted index.  There are no asset-size or track record length minimums required for inclusion.  Funds that close or stop reporting are included in the index up until the last reporting date.  Both domestic and offshore funds are included in the index.  Returns take into account the fees and expenses charged by the portfolio funds comprising the HFRI FoF Composite Index.
 
6
Returns and Risk numbers are measured from the commencement of investment operations of the Fund on December 1, 2005.
 
7
A statistical measure of dispersion around a set of observations about their mean or other measure of central tendency.
 
8
A mathematical measure utilized to assess the risk-adjusted return of a portfolio.  The formula is stated as the (Portfolio Return minus the Risk Free rate) divided by the standard deviation of portfolio return.
 

 
OTHER DISCLOSURES
 
This information is intended for illustration purposes only.  No index is directly comparable to the Fund, the Master Fund, Triton or the Other Vehicle.  Past performance is not indicative of future results or performance of any account managed by the Adviser, including the Fund or the Master Fund.  There is no guarantee that the Fund or the Master Fund will achieve their investment objectives.



C-iii
 
 

 

 
Performance Information of Triton*

MONTHLY RETURNS AS OF MARCH 31, 2015
 
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
Jun.
Jul.
Aug.
Sep.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
YTD
2003
                 
0.99%
0.89%
1.27%
3.18%
2004
1.35%
0.69%
0.41%
-0.37%
-0.68%
0.42%
-0.84%
-0.03%
0.63%
0.40%
2.20%
1.32%
5.60%
2005
0.04%
1.21%
-0.14%
-1.46%
0.81%
1.24%
1.80%
0.85%
1.33%
-1.24%
0.53%
1.72%
6.83%
2006
2.43%
0.41%
1.63%
1.51%
-1.38%
-0.42%
-0.04%
0.58%
0.61%
1.40%
1.54%
1.67%
10.34%
2007
1.32%
0.85%
1.39%
1.70%
1.81%
0.14%
-1.17%
-1.72%
1.76%
2.07%
-1.92%
0.19%
6.46%
2008
-3.30%
1.05%
-3.27%
1.35%
1.67%
-1.34%
-1.95%
-1.06%
-7.06%
-5.42%
-2.96%
-1.94%
-22.03%
2009
1.66%
-0.16%
0.07%
1.00%
2.77%
0.76%
1.39%
1.12%
1.38%
0.18%
0.39%
1.03%
12.21%
2010
0.28%
0.76%
1.29%
0.17%
-1.77%
-0.74%
0.56%
0.33%
1.41%
1.02%
-0.05%
1.35%
4.65%
2011
0.84%
0.71%
0.33%
1.00%
-0.48%
-1.39%
0.15%
-3.36%
-3.49%
1.55%
-0.44%
-0.56%
-5.16%
2012
1.89%
1.32%
0.60%
0.02%
-1.69%
-0.20%
0.17%
0.97%
0.66%
0.29%
0.80%
0.96%
5.88%
2013
1.92%
-2.29%
1.09%
0.62%
0.74%
-0.68%
1.27%
-0.52%
1.70%
1.23%
1.25%
1.78%
8.35%
2014
-0.88%
2.34%
-0.88%
-1.08%
1.76%
1.59%
-0.83%
1.03%
-0.80%
-1.08%
1.58%
-0.18%
2.51%
2015
-1.13%
3.19%
0.60%
                 
2.65%

ANNUAL RETURNS FOR EACH CALENDAR YEAR
 
20031
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Fund
3.18%
5.60%
6.83%
10.34%
6.46%
-22.03%
12.21%
4.65%
-5.16%
5.88%
8.35%
2.51%
S&P 5002,3
12.18%
10.88%
4.91%
15.79%
5.49%
-37.00%
26.46%
15.06%
2.11%
16.00%
32.39%
13.69%
BC Agg.2,4
0.32%
4.34%
2.43%
4.33%
6.97%
5.24%
5.93%
6.54%
7.84%
4.22%
-2.02%
5.97%
HFRI Composite FoF Index2,5
3.74%
6.87%
7.49%
10.25%
10.25%
-21.37%
11.47%
5.70%
-5.72%
4.79%
8.96%
3.37%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS AS OF APRIL 30, 2015
 
1 Year
3 Year
5 Year
7 Year
Since Inception6
Fund
         
S&P 5002,3
         
BC Agg.2,4
         
HFRI Composite FoF Index2,5
         

RISK STATISTICS6 AS OF APRIL 30, 2015
 
Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception6
Standard
Deviation7
Sharpe
  Ratio8
Fund
     
S&P 5002,3
     
BC Agg.2,4
     
HFRI Composite FoF Index2,5
     
___________________________________________________________________
*
The performance data quoted represents past performance of Triton only.  Triton is the oldest feeder fund into the Master Fund.  Past performance does not guarantee future results. Investment returns and principal value will fluctuate so that Units, when repurchased, may be worth more or less than their original cost and current performance may be lower or higher than the performance data quoted.  All performance data is net of all fees and expenses, including Triton’s asset-based fees and the fees paid to the underlying Portfolio Managers.  The performance data does not include the upfront sales load and if reported, the maximum 2% upfront sales load would reduce the performance quoted.  Performance numbers have not been audited.  The information contained in this table was prepared by the Adviser.
 
1
Reflects annual returns for the period from the Fund’s commencement of operations on September 30, 2003 through December 31, 2003.
 
 
 
C-iv
 
 
 

 
 
 
2
Indices are provided only to show how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad range of securities. Indices are not actively managed, are not available for direct investment and do not have costs, fees, or other expenses associated with their performance. Indices are comprised of significantly more securities than invested in by Triton’s underlying managers, who may invest in securities not similar to those in the indices.
 
3
S&P 500 Index: Standard & Poor’s 500 Total Return Index.  Periods greater than one year are annualized. The S&P 500 is a market capitalization weighted index consisting of 500 stocks chosen from market size, liquidity and industry group representation, among other factors.  The S&P 500 is designed to be a leading indicator of U.S. equities, and it is meant to reflect the risk/return characteristics of the large-cap universe.
 
4
BC Aggregate Index: The Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index (formerly the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index) measures the performance of the U.S. investment grade bond market, which includes investment grade U.S. government bonds, investment grade corporate bonds, mortgage pass-through securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities that are publicly offered for sale in the United States.
 
5
HFRI FoF Composite Index: Hedge Fund Research Fund of Fund Composite Index includes a representative group of various funds of funds, each of which invests with multiple managers and has an objective of reducing the risk associated with investments in a single manager. It is an equal weighted index.  There are no asset-size or track record length minimums required for inclusion.  Funds that close or stop reporting are included in the index up until the last reporting date.  Both domestic and offshore funds are included in the index.  Returns take into account the fees and expenses charged by the portfolio funds comprising the HFRI FoF Composite Index.
 
6
Returns and Risk numbers are measured from the commencement of investment operations of the Fund on September 30, 2003.
 
7
A statistical measure of dispersion around a set of observations about their mean or other measure of central tendency.
 
8
A mathematical measure utilized to assess the risk-adjusted return of a portfolio.  The formula is stated as the (Portfolio Return minus the Risk Free rate) divided by the standard deviation of portfolio return.
 

 
OTHER DISCLOSURES
 
This information is intended for illustration purposes only.  No index is directly comparable to the Fund, the Master Fund, Triton or the Other Vehicle.  Past performance is not indicative of future results or performance of any account managed by the Adviser, including the Fund or the Master Fund.  There is no guarantee that the Fund or the Master Fund will achieve their investment objectives.
 
 
 
C-v

 
 

 

 
Performance Information of the Other Vehicle1, 2

MONTHLY RETURNS AS OF MARCH 31, 2015
 
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
Jun.
Jul.
Aug.
Sep.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
YTD
1993
                 
1.08%
0.51%
0.98%
2.58%
1994
1.77%
0.00%
1.06%
1.08%
0.48%
0.86%
1.38%
0.49%
0.88%
0.65%
0.35%
1.01%
10.47%
1995
1.19%
1.00%
0.95%
1.42%
1.71%
1.61%
1.00%
0.40%
1.89%
1.32%
0.84%
1.29%
15.62%
1996
1.67%
0.84%
1.99%
0.93%
1.20%
0.70%
0.87%
0.67%
1.82%
0.41%
1.50%
1.08%
14.55%
1997
2.04%
0.32%
0.82%
0.92%
2.05%
2.55%
1.59%
0.58%
2.45%
0.64%
1.45%
1.26%
17.98%
1998
0.52%
2.34%
2.44%
0.86%
0.77%
1.23%
0.27%
-3.38%
-0.08%
0.97%
1.27%
1.35%
8.78%
1999
1.98%
0.21%
2.67%
2.08%
1.36%
2.77%
0.97%
0.73%
1.07%
0.74%
1.73%
1.32%
19.09%
2000
1.66%
2.71%
2.05%
0.99%
1.64%
2.27%
1.20%
1.77%
1.71%
0.72%
0.82%
1.45%
20.71%
2001
2.89%
1.35%
0.35%
1.00%
1.20%
-1.24%
0.23%
0.84%
-1.88%
1.08%
0.39%
0.28%
6.60%
2002
0.69%
-0.59%
1.12%
0.48%
0.73%
-1.56%
-1.17%
0.43%
0.08%
0.54%
1.29%
0.91%
2.94%
2003
1.14%
0.44%
0.47%
1.32%
2.03%
1.31%
-0.20%
1.05%
1.86%
1.30%
0.79%
0.96%
13.17%
2004
1.73%
1.16%
0.44%
0.10%
-0.33%
0.78%
-0.01%
0.00%
0.54%
0.47%
2.15%
1.22%
8.52%
2005
0.25%
1.38%
0.14%
-1.03%
0.34%
1.76%
1.70%
1.14%
2.24%
-0.88%
1.37%
2.49%
11.39%
2006
3.50%
0.66%
2.53%
2.34%
-1.39%
0.95%
0.51%
0.76%
-4.16%
1.77%
1.65%
1.58%
10.99%
2007
1.46%
0.58%
1.68%
1.78%
2.61%
0.39%
-0.21%
-2.90%
1.50%
2.24%
-1.78%
0.02%
7.49%
2008
-2.64%
0.92%
-2.18%
0.41%
1.12%
-1.03%
-2.12%
-0.79%
-6.31%
-5.83%
-3.55%
-5.70%
-24.73%
2009
1.81%
-0.14%
0.18%
0.91%
2.08%
1.30%
1.62%
1.09%
1.75%
0.53%
0.84%
0.36%
13.03%
2010
0.62%
0.27%
1.12%
0.78%
-1.41%
-0.39%
0.52%
0.08%
1.86%
0.58%
0.33%
0.49%
4.91%
2011
0.77%
0.56%
-0.15%
0.76%
-0.51%
-0.68%
0.49%
-1.23%
-1.68%
0.64%
-0.08%
-0.55%
-1.68%
2012
1.20%
0.81%
0.14%
0.12%
-1.62%
-0.27%
1.09%
0.80%
0.36%
0.38%
0.79%
0.86%
4.73%
2013
2.15%
0.53%
1.53%
0.14%
0.15%
-0.44%
0.54%
-0.49%
1.11%
0.62%
1.05%
1.42%
8.58%
2014
0.50%
3.87%
-1.36%
-1.30%
2.09%
0.99%
-1.10%
1.21%
-0.60%
-2.01%
2.44%
-0.32%
4.31%
2015
0.07%
2.98%
1.18%
                 
4.26%
 

 
ANNUAL RETURNS FOR EACH CALENDAR YEAR
 
The Other Vehicle
S&P 5004, 5
BC Agg.4, 6
HFRI Composite FoF Index4, 7
19933
2.58%
2.32%
0.06%
7.56%
1994
10.47%
1.32%
-2.92%
-3.48%
1995
15.62%
37.58%
18.47%
11.10%
1996
14.55%
22.96%
3.63%
14.39%
1997
17.98%
33.36%
9.65%
16.20%
1998
8.78%
28.58%
8.69%
-5.11%
1999
19.09%
21.04%
-0.82%
26.47%
2000
20.71%
-9.10%
11.63%
4.07%
2001
6.60%
-11.89%
8.44%
2.80%
2002
2.94%
-22.10%
10.25%
1.02%
2003
13.17%
28.68%
4.10%
11.61%
2004
8.52%
10.88%
4.34%
6.86%
 
The Other Vehicle
S&P 5004, 5
BC Agg.4, 6
HFRI Composite FoF Index4, 7
2005
11.39%
4.91%
2.43%
7.97%
2006
10.99%
15.79%
4.33%
10.25%
2007
7.49%
5.49%
6.97%
10.25%
2008
-24.73%
-37.00%
5.24%
-21.37%
2009
13.03%
26.46%
5.93%
11.47%
2010
4.91%
15.06%
6.54%
5.70%
2011
-1.68%
2.11%
7.84%
-5.72%
2012
4.73%
16.00%
4.22%
4.79%
2013
8.58%
32.39%
-2.02%
8.96%
2014
4.31%
13.69%
5.97%
3.37%
 
 
C-vi
 
 
 

 

 
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS AS OF APRIL 30, 2015
 
1 Year
3 Year
5 Year
10 Year
Since Inception8
The Other Vehicle
         
S&P 5004, 5
         
BC Agg.4, 6
         
HFRI Composite FoF Index4, 7
         

RISK STATISTICS8 AS OF APRIL 30, 2015
 
Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception8
Standard
Deviation9
Sharpe
  Ratio10
The Other Vehicle
     
S&P 5004, 5
     
BC Agg.4, 6
     
HFRI Composite FoF Index4, 7
     
___________________________________________________________________
 
1
The performance data quoted represents past performance; past performance does not guarantee future results.  Investment returns and principal value will fluctuate so that Units, when repurchased, may be worth more or less than their original cost and current performance may be lower or higher than the performance data quoted.  All performance data is net of all fees and expenses, including the Fund’s asset-based fees and the fees paid to the underlying Portfolio Managers.  The performance data does not include the upfront sales load and if reported, the maximum 2.5% upfront sales load would reduce the performance quoted.  Performance numbers have not been audited.  The information contained in this table was prepared by the Adviser.
 
2
The Other Vehicle’s performance returns include the performance returns of a predecessor private investment fund of the Other Vehicle, “Private Fund 2,” from October 1, 1993 (inception) to January 1, 2009, another predecessor fund of the Other Vehicle, “Private Fund 1,” from January 1, 1998 (inception) to March 31, 2013 and the Other Vehicle from April 1, 2013 (inception) to current.  The Other Vehicle’s actual ordinary operating expenses incurred are reflected in the returns shown.  However, the Other Vehicle and its predecessor funds paid a management fee that varied during the periods shown.  As a result, all performance has been adjusted to reflect a flat 0.75% management fee per annum.
 
3
Reflects annual returns for the period from Private Fund 2’s commencement of operations on October 1, 1993 through December 31, 1993.
 
4
Indices are provided only to show how composite returns of the Other Vehicle’s returns compare to a broad range of securities.  Indices are not actively managed, are not available for direct investment and do not have costs, fees, or other expenses associated with their performance. Indices are comprised of significantly more securities than invested in by the underlying managers of the Other Vehicle, who may invest in securities not similar to those in the indices.
 
 
C-vii
 
 
 

 
 
 
5
S&P 500 Index: Standard & Poor’s 500 Total Return Index.  Periods greater than one year are annualized. The S&P 500 is a market capitalization weighted index consisting of 500 stocks chosen from market size, liquidity and industry group representation, among other factors.  The S&P 500 is designed to be a leading indicator of U.S. equities, and it is meant to reflect the risk/return characteristics of the large-cap universe.
 
6
BC Aggregate Index: The Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index (formerly the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index) measures the performance of the U.S. investment grade bond market, which includes investment grade U.S. government bonds, investment grade corporate bonds, mortgage pass-through securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities that are publicly offered for sale in the United States.
 

 
7
HFRI FoF Composite Index: Hedge Fund Research Fund of Fund Composite Index includes a representative group of various funds of funds, each of which invests with multiple managers and has an objective of reducing the risk associated with investments in a single manager. It is an equal weighted index.  There are no asset-size or track record length minimums required for inclusion.  Funds that close or stop reporting are included in the index up until the last reporting date.  Both domestic and offshore funds are included in the index.  Returns take into account the fees and expenses charged by the portfolio funds comprising the HFRI FoF Composite Index.
 
8
Returns and Risk numbers are measured from the commencement of investment operations of Private Fund 2 on October 1, 1993.
 
9
A statistical measure of dispersion around a set of observations about their mean or other measure of central tendency.
 
10
A mathematical measure utilized to assess the risk-adjusted return of a portfolio.  The formula is stated as the (Portfolio Return minus the Risk Free rate) divided by the standard deviation of portfolio return.
 

 
OTHER DISCLOSURES
 
This information is intended for illustration purposes only.  No index is directly comparable to the Fund, the Master Fund, Triton or the Other Vehicle.  Past performance is not indicative of future results or performance of any account managed by the Adviser, including the Fund or the Master Fund.  There is no guarantee that the Fund or the Master Fund will achieve their investment objectives.



C-viii

 
 

 


 
Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
[______, 2015]
 
c/o Arden Asset Management LLC
 
375 Park Avenue
 
32nd Floor
 
New York, NY  10152
 

 
(212) 751-5252
 

 
This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is not a prospectus.  This SAI relates to and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C. (formerly named Robeco-Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C.) (the "Fund"), dated [______, 2015.]  A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained by contacting the Fund at the telephone number or address set forth above.
 
This SAI is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Except for the financial information discussed below, all information that is required to be provided in a statement of additional information has been included in the Fund's Prospectus, dated [_______, 2015.]
 

 
 

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS OF SAI
 

 
 
 
 
 
   Page
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  1
   
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FUND  [  ]*
   
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE MASTER FUND  [  ]*
   
 
 
_____________________________________
* To be filed by amendment.
* To be filed by amendment.
 

 
 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The Fund invests substantially all of its assets in Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C. (formerly named Robeco-Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C.) (the "Master Fund").  As of January 1, 2009, the Fund transferred substantially all of its assets to the Master Fund.  As of that date, the Master Fund's portfolio consisted entirely of the Fund's investments on December 31, 2008.  The Master Fund has the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies as those of the Fund.
 
The audited financial information of the Fund for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, included in the Prospectus under the caption "Financial Highlights" and the audited financial statements of the Fund and the Master Fund that are included in this SAI have been so included in reliance on the consent of [__________], given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The following pages contain the Fund's and the Master Fund's financial statements (audited) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.
 

 
 

 


PART C
 

 
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25.   Financial Statements and Exhibits

25(1)
Financial Statements:
 
 
The financial statements of the Registrant for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 (audited) are included in Part B of this Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-______.
 
25(2)
Exhibits
 
 
 
(a)(1)
Certificate of Formation, dated December 6, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(a)(1) of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-125921, filed on June 17, 2005.
 
 
(a)(2)
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Formation, dated January 13, 2006, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(a)(2) of the Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-125921, filed on October 27, 2006.
 
 
(a)(3)
Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Registrant is filed herewith as Appendix A to the Prospectus included in this Registration Statement on Form N-2.
 
 
(b)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(c)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(d)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits (a)(2) and (b) above.
 
 
(e)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(f)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(g)
Form of Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Arden Asset Management LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(g) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on April 20, 2012.
 
 
(h)
Form of Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Arden Securities LLC and Form of Selected Dealer Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(h) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on April 20, 2012.
 
 
(i)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(j)
Form of Custodian Services Agreement between the Registrant and SEI Private Trust Company is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(j) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-154909, filed on December 24, 2008.
 
 
(k)(1)
Form of Member Services Agreement between the Registrant and Arden Securities LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(k)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on April 20, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
(k)(2)
Form of Escrow Agreement between the Registrant and UMB Bank, n.a. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(k)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-154909, filed on December 24, 2008.
 
 
(k)(3)
Form of Administration Agreement between the Registrant and SEI Investments Global Funds Services is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(k)(4) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-154909, filed on December 24, 2008.
 
 
(k)(4)
Form of Master/Feeder Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(k)(5) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-154909, filed on December 24, 2008.
 
 
(k)(5)
Power of Attorney is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(5) of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on November 4, 2011.
 
 
(k)(6)
Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Arden Asset Management LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(6) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 177737, filed on July 18, 2013.
 
 
(l)
Opinion and Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(l) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on April 20, 2012.
 
 
(m)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(n)(1)
Consent of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Registrant.*
 
 
(n)(2)
Tax Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(n)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No.1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-125921, filed on November 3, 2005.
 
 
(o)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(p)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(q)
Not Applicable.
 
 
(r)(1)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(r)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on April 20, 2012.
 
 
(r)(2)
Code of Ethics of the Adviser is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25(2)(r)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-177737, filed on April 20, 2012.
 

__________________________
* To be filed by amendment.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Item 26.   Marketing Arrangements

     Please refer to Item 25(2)(h) above.

Item 27.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     All Figures are estimates
     
Blue sky fees and expenses
  $    
Accounting fees and expenses
  $    
Legal fees and expenses
  $    
Printing and engraving
  $    
Miscellaneous
  $    
      Total
  $    

Item 28.   Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control

     Not Applicable

Item 29.   Number of Holders of Limited Liability Company Interests

     The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Registrant's units of limited liability company interests as of [_____, 2015].* 
Title of Class
Number of
Record Holders
Units of Limited Liability Company Interests
 
[__]

Item 30.   Indemnification

     Reference is made to Section 3.8 of the  Registrant's Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the "Company Agreement"), filed herewith. The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification provision of the Company Agreement in a manner consistent with Release 40-11330 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission under the Investment Company Act of1940, as amended (the "1940  Act"), so long as the  interpretation  therein of Sections 17(h) and 17(i) of such Act remains in effect.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to managers, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification  against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Manager, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Manager,  officer or controlling person, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Arden Securities LLC (the "Distributor"), the Distributor will indemnify and hold harmless the Registrant and each of its managers and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Registrant, against any claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, charges, payments, liabilities and expenses, as incurred, arising by reason of any person acquiring any interests, which may be based upon the Securities Act, or on any other statute or at common law, on the ground that any registration statement or other offering materials, as from time to time amended and supplemented, or an annual or interim report to members of the Registrant, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Registrant in connection therewith by or on behalf of the Distributor.
 
     Additionally, pursuant to the Selected Dealer Agreement, any selected dealer (the "Selected Dealer") appointed by the Distributor will indemnify and hold harmless the Distributor, the Registrant, each person affiliated with the Distributor or the Registrant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners and shareholders from and against any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) as incurred, arising in connection with the Selected Dealer's violation of any of the provisions of the Selected Dealer Agreement. The foregoing indemnity does not protect the Distributor, the Registrant or any such affiliated persons, officers, directors, shareholders, partners or employees thereof against any liability to the Registrant of its security holders to which the Distributor, the Registrant or any such person would otherwise be subject by reason of 1) willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties to the Registrant or the Registrant's security holders, or 2) reckless disregard of the their obligations and duties under the Selected Dealer Agreement.
 
 
_______________________________
* To be filed by amendment.
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
Item 31.   Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

     There is set forth below information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each executive officer and manager of Arden Asset Management LLC (the "Adviser") is, or at any time during the past two fiscal years has been, engaged for his/her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.
 
     To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the managers or executive officers of the Adviser are or have been, at any time during the past two fiscal years, engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.
 
   The Adviser provides investment advisory and management services to Registrant and to the fund in which the Registrant invests substantially all of its assets.  The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company.  Information with respect to each manager and executive officer of the Adviser is incorporated by reference to Form ADV filed by the Adviser with the SEC pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (File no. 801-61080).  The principal business address of the Adviser is 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10152.

Item 32.   Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 
(1)
the Registrant, Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Fund, L.L.C., 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10152;

 
(2)
the Administrator, SEI Investments Global Funds Services, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456;
     
 
(3)
the Custodian, SEI Private Trust Company, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456;
     
 
(4)
the Adviser, Arden Asset Management LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10152; and

 
(5)
Robeco Investment Management, Inc., the Registrant's former investment adviser, 909 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Item 33.   Management Services

Except as described under "The Advisory Agreements" and "Administrator" in this Registration Statement, the Registrant is not party to any management service related contract.

Item 34.   Undertakings

     The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
     The Registrant undertakes to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement: (1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act; (2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and (3) to include any material information with respect to any plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any  material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
     The Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
     The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, the Registrant's Statement of Additional Information.

 
 
 
 

 
 
 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant and Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C. certify that they have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 24th day of April, 2015.
 
ARDEN SAGE MULTI-STRATEGY FUND, L.L.C.
 
ARDEN SAGE MULTI-STRATEGY MASTER FUND, L.L.C.
 
 
By:
Manager, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in their capacities as managers and officers of the Registrant and Arden Sage Multi-Strategy Master Fund, L.L.C., and on the dates indicated.

 
Signature
Title
Date
 
Manager, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
Manager
 
   
Manager
 
   
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
   
*  This registration statement has been signed by each of the persons so indicated by the undersigned as attorney in fact.
 
/s/ Craig Krawiec
 
Craig Krawiec, Attorney-in-Fact
 


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘N-2’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
4/30/15
Filed on:4/24/15
3/31/15
12/31/14N-Q
9/30/14N-CSRS,  NSAR-A
9/19/14
3/31/14N-CSR,  NSAR-B
1/1/14
10/1/13
7/18/1340-17G,  POS 8C
4/1/13
3/31/13N-CSR,  NSAR-B
1/1/13
4/20/12N-2/A,  RW
3/31/12N-CSR,  NSAR-B
1/1/12
11/4/11N-2
10/1/113,  4
9/27/11
3/31/11N-CSR,  NSAR-B
12/1/10
8/25/10N-PX
3/31/10N-CSR,  NSAR-B
3/31/09N-CSR,  NSAR-B
1/1/09
12/31/08N-Q
12/24/08N-2/A
4/1/08
3/31/08N-CSR,  NSAR-B
3/31/07N-CSR,  NSAR-B,  NSAR-B/A
10/27/06POS 8C
5/4/06
3/31/06N-CSR,  NSAR-B
1/13/06497
12/6/05
12/1/05
11/3/05N-2/A
11/1/05
6/17/05N-2,  N-8A
6/8/05
12/31/03
9/30/03
1/1/98
12/31/93
10/1/93
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0000922423-15-000040   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Wed., Apr. 24, 10:05:59.1pm ET